BATERÍA REPASO 4º ESO VERANO 07 Object pronouns Aplatea.pntic.mec.es/ffrancia/4-REPASO verano 2007.pdf · BATERÍA REPASO 4º ESO VERANO 07 Object pronouns (15) ... Ejercicios de

BATERÍA REPASO 4º ESO VERANO 07

Object pronouns (15)

I me we usyou you you youhe himshe her [ they themit it O

Object pronouns are used as direct objects, indirect objects, and objects of prepositions.

She knows me well. / We give her our homework every day. / They give it to us.

A: choose the correct object pronoun form.1. I often see (they/them) on the bus.2. She lives near (we/us)3. (We/Us) always walk to school together.4. He teaches (we/us) English.5. She sits near (I/me) during the lesson.6. I know both of (they/them) well.7. I always speak to (he/him) in English.8. What is the matter with (he/him) today?9. He explains the lesson to (we/us) each morning.10. There are some letters here for you and (I/me).11. We want to divide the money between (we/us)12. (They/Them) are both Venezuelans.13. I know her sister and (she/her)14. (He/Him) is a very studious person.15. He sends (she / her) a lot of presents.16. She seldom speaks to (we/us) in Spanish.17. He looks at (she/her) all during the lesson.18. She always helps (I/me) with my homework.19. He always sits between Amy and (I/me).20. He wants to talk with (they/them)

OBJECT PRONOUNS ( p.16)B. Substitute the correct object pronoun for the word or words in italics.

1. I see Mr Park on the bus every morning.(I see him on the bus every morning.)

2. I sit near Grace and Frances during the lesson.3. All the boys like John very much.4. I often see you and your sister in the school cafeteria.5. He always goes to the movies with his parents.6. I know both boys very well.7. Frank always waits for Al and me after the lesson.8. He drives Sue and Jenny to school every morning.9. I sit next to Carlos.10. I also sit directly in front of Marsha.11. He writes a lot of letters to his relatives.12. This book belongs to William.13. I know the bus driver very well.14. The doctor relies on her assistant.15. I understand Miss McGrady.16. He always speaks to his students in English.17. Everyone in our house watches television except my brother.18. He sends his parents money every week.19. I talked to Mr. and Mrs. Nelson yesterday.20. She saw the girls alter school.

GENERAL REVIEW

Ejercicios de repaso para 4º ESO. Curso 2006-07 p. 1

A. Change the following sentences from affirmative to negative.1. 1. They live in Texas. (They do not live in Texas. / They don't live in Texas.)2. There are eleven months in a year.3. The plane arrived at ten o'clock.4. It is six o'clock now.5. He went to Chicago by plane.6. The two boys are in Ms. Collier's office.7. The book cost five dollars.8. They live in Mexico now.9. They lived in France for ten years.10. He got up at five o'clock this morning.11. They sat in the park for two hours.12. She speaks English.13. The class begins at nine o'clock.14. She drinks ten cups of coffee every day.15. They began to work in June.16. I am ten years old.17. They plan to finish the work in July.18. We got sick last week.19. The stores were closed because of the holiday.20. There were four students absent from class this morning.21. You usually travel by plane.22. Mary delivered the merchandise yesterday.23. Scotty and Karen ate dinner at McDonald's.

B. Change the sentences in Exercise A to questions.1. They live in Texas. (Do they live in Texas?)

C. Change the sentences in Exercise A to questions beginning with a question word.1. They live in Texas. (Where do they live? / Why do they live in Texas?)

INFINITIVES

Use infinitives to complete the meaning of various verbs:He wants to see you. / We tried to call you.

Use infinitives to complete the meaning of various adjectives and adverbs.These exercises are easy to do. / It was impossible to open that door.

Use infinitives either alone or after in order to express the idea of purpose.He went there to see his friend. / We came early in order to get good seats.

Using infinitive constructions, complete the following sentences in your own words.For example: I’ll be glad _______________ : I’ll be glad to help you with your homework.1. He went here in order...2. She wants...3. I prefer...4. It is easy...5. We hope...6. I forgot...7. It was impossible ...8. I told him...9. You don’t want...10. It is hard...11. They expect...12. It is possible...13. We are too weak...14. I know how...15. Did you forget...

IT TAKES


It takes expresses a period of time which is necessary in order to complete some action. It takes is always followed by aninfinitive.

It takes me 45 minutes to get ready in the morning. (Present)It took us three weeks to finish the project. (Past)It will (It’ll) take you a half-hour to change that tire. (Future)

Change each of the following sentences so that it begins with a present tense, past tense, or future tense form of it takes asrequired by the meaning.

1. She walked to work in ten minutes. (It took her ten minutes to walk to work.)2. I finished my work in an hour.3. She learned to speak English well in only one year.4. I wrote my composition in thirty minutes.5. The train went around the mountain in three hours.6. They finished the bridge in one year.7. The cable reached him in two days.8. We walk to school every morning in about fifteen minutes.9. You’ll get there in about an hour.10. We’ll paint the bathroom in two hours.11. You’ll paint the kitchen in only 1½ hours.12. I wash and dress each morning in less than fifteen minutes.13. The clown puts on his makeup in half an hour.14. He learned to swim in just a few days.15. She recovered from her illness in two months.16. I’ll run to the corner store and get what you need in just two or three minutes.

AUXILIARY VERBS Questions

Form questions with auxiliary verbs by placing the auxiliary before the subject.She can speak English. º Can she speak English?We should go there. º Should we go there?

Change the following statements to questions.1. They should obey the rules. (Should they obey the rules?)2. They both can speak English well.3. Betsy should spend more time on her English.4. We may sit in these chairs.5. They can meet us at two o'clock.6. I may call you later.7. He should eat less meat.8. He may tell her.9. We should speak to her about it.10. They may leave now.11. You could go by plane.12. You could send them a cable.13. I should stay at home more.14. Allan may wait in his office.15. Al can go with us to the beach.16. She could leave immediately.

SHORT ANSWERS

Short answers are the most common way of answering direct questions. A short answer consists of the subject of thesentence and an auxiliary verb or part of to be. Note that if there is no auxiliary verb in an expected answer, the verb to dois used.

Can you play the piano: Yes, I can. No, I can’tDoes she know the answer? Yes, she does. No, she doesn’tAre they coming? Yes, they are. No, they aren’t

Pronouns generally replace nouns in short answers.


Will Ms. Wong be here soon? Yes, she will. No, she won't.Did it rain yesterday? Yes, it did. No, it didn't.

A. Give affirmative short answers to these questions.1. Can you speak Spanish? - (Yes, I can.)2. Do you live in Maine?3. Does your teacher speak Russian?4. Does your teacher live in Florida?5. Will you be in class tomorrow?6. Will All be in class too?7. Are you going out tonight?8. Is it raining now?9. Does it often rain in Oregon?10. Is the lesson over?11. Is the time up?12. Did you study your lesson?13. Did you go to the movies last night?14. Is the weather warm today?15. Was it warm yesterday?16. Did your friend visit you last night?17. Is today Friday?18. Was yesterday Thursday?19. Will tomorrow be Sunday?20. May I open the window?21. Can you fly an airplane?22. Did it rain yesterday?23. Did you study yesterday?24. Were you busy yesterday?25. Will you be busy tomorrow?26. Is Washington a beautiful city?

B. Give negative short answers to the questions in Exercise A.1. Can you speak Spanish? - (No, I can t.)

MUCH, MANY, A LOT OF (Graded Exercises in English p. 69)

Much is used with non countable nouns; that is, things that cannot be counted and do not add -s to show plurality. Thesenouns do not normally have plural forms.

much sugar much rain much coffee

Many is used with plural countable nouns.many cups of sugar many cans of coffee many students many books

A lot of is used interchangeably with much and many. A lot of is the most commonly used term of these three.a lot of sugar a lot of books a lot of love

A. Complete the following sentences with much or many.1. There aren’t large factories in this town. (There aren’t many large factories in this town.)2. He doesn’t spend _____ time on his English.3. Does this factory produce _____ different kinds of products?4. Does she spend _____ money on clothes?5. Is there _____ oil in Venezuela?6. He doesn’t drink _____ milk.7. Does he have _____ friends in this school?8. There aren’t _____ mountains in that part of the country.9. There isn’t _____ milk in this pitcher.10. How _____ time do you spend on your English every day?11. How _____ windows are there in your classroom?12. How _____ times a week do you go to the movies?13. How _____ money do you spend on textbooks each semester?14. He doesn’t make _____ mistakes in spelling.15. There isn’t _____ snow on the ground.16. How _____ cups of coffee do you drink every day?


17. There weren’t _____ students absent yesterday.

B. In which of the sentences in Exercise A can you substitute a lot of for much or many?

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS (Graded Exercises in English p. 74) I-my-mine we-our-oursyou-your-yours you-your-yourshe-his-hisshe-her-hers they-their-theirsit-it-its

This is my ring. That is our truck.This ring is mine. That truck is ours.

A. Substitute the appropriate possessive pronouns for the word in italics.1. This pen is my pen.

(This pen is mine.)2. These seats are our seats.3. This umbrella is her umbrella.4. These pencils are your pencils.5. That computer is my father’s computer.6. That overcoat is his overcoat.7. These cigarettes seem to be your cigarettes; they are not my cigarettes.8. I believe this pen is her pen; it is not my pen.9. Is this notebook your notebook or Sarah’s?10. Is this pack of cigarettes your pack of cigarettes or William’s?11. This pair of scissors is her pair of scissors.12. These seats are their seats; they are not our seats.13. This book is your book; the one over there on the desk is my book.14. He drives his car to work every day and I drive my car.15. You take care of your things and I’ll take care of my things.16. Their home is pretty, but our home is prettier.17. His pronunciation is bad, and my pronunciation is too.18. His car was expensive, but your car was more expensive.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS

B. In the following sentences substitute the verb to be for the verb to belong. Then introduce a possessive pronoun or thepossessive form of the noun.1. This book belongs to him. (This book is his.)2. This pencil belongs to Anthony. (This pencil is Anthony’s.)3. That notebook belongs to her.4. That umbrella belongs to me.5. I’m sure this pen belongs to Adrian.6. No, it belongs to Miss Jefferson.7. These magazines belong to them.8. These pencils belong to us.9. These books belong to them.10. This book doesn’t belong to me.11. This pen belongs to him.12. I think this desk belongs to Mrs. Jones.13. That car belongs to Robert.14. These green apples belong to us, but those yellow ones belong to them.15. I think this pencil belongs to me, but the yellow one belongs to you.16. This pack of cigarettes belong to him.17. This umbrella belongs to the teacher.18. These seats belong to them.19. That black sports car belongs to our landlord.20. This watch doesn’t belong to me; it belongs to my father.21. The red sweater belongs to me; the blue one belongs to Virginia.22. That bicycle belongs to Jim’s little brother.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS (Graded Exercises in English p. 76)


C. Complete the following sentences with either a possessive adjective or a possessive pronoun.1. Jeremy lost _____ pen. Will you please lend him _____? (Jeremy lost his pen. Will you please lend him yours?)2. I was on time for _____ class, but Helen was late for _____.3. They have _____ methods of travel and we have _____.4. We naturally prefer _____ methods, and they naturally prefer _____.5. I found _____ notebook, but Jack couldn’t find _____.6. They think that _____ home is the prettiest on the block, and we think it is _____.7. I left _____ pen at home. May I borrow _____ for a moment?8. He drives to work in _____ car, and she drives to work in _____.9. Tell William not to forget to bring _____ tennis racket, and don’t forget to bring _____.10. They swim in _____ pool and we swim in _____.11. I have _____ vacation in June and Fern has _____ in July.12. I found _____ umbrella, but Jill couldn’t find _____.13. We were late for _____ class, and Hope and Gwen were also late for _____.14. Ted enjoys _____ work and I enjoy _____.15. Each student in the school has _____ own desk and _____ own locker.16. I borrowed money from all ___ friends, but Peg refused to borrow any money from ____.17. We have a television set in _____ bedroom, and the boys have another set in _____.18. Where are you going on _____ vacation? I hope to spend _____ in Europe.19. They have _____ ideas on such matters, and we have _____.20. We spend _____ money in one way; they spend _____ TAG ENDINGS

Tag endings ask a question or invite confirmation of some fact we already know. Tag endings contain a pronoun and anauxiliary verb but not a main verb. Use a negative tag ending after an affirmative sentence.

Cyril can speak English, can’t he?She’s an American, isn’t she?You live in Virginia, don’t you?They’ll be at the party, won t they?

Add the correct tag ending to the following sentences.

1. She goes shopping every day, __________?(She goes shopping every day, doesn’t she?)

2. He has been studying English a long time, __________?3. Matthew is a good student, __________?4. She plays the piano well, __________?5. She can play the piano well, __________?6. You played tennis yesterday, __________?7. The traffic is heavy today, __________?8. It was also heavy yesterday, __________?9. You always buy your clothes at Saks, __________?10. They go for a walk in the park every Sunday, __________?11. You’ll be back before noon, __________?12. You have read that book, __________?13. They are very old friends, __________?14. It takes more than an hour to get there, ___________?15. The bus stops at this corner, __________?16. They are travelling in Europe now, __________?17. I gave you what you wanted, __________?18. She was unkind to you, __________?19. You could drive that truck, __________?

TAG ENDINGS

Use an affirmative tag ending after a negative sentence.Carl can’t speak English, can he?She isn’t an American, is she?You don’t live in Virginia, do you?They won’t be at the party, will they?

A. Add the correct tog ending to the following sentences.


1. Catherine doesn’t like to study geometry, __________? (Catherine doesn’t like to study geometry, does she?)2. You haven’t ever been in South America, __________?3. You won’t mention this to anyone, __________?4. The traffic today isn’t very heavy, __________?5. It wasn’t heavy yesterday either, __________?6. They didn’t go by plane, __________?7. Beth didn’t say anything to you about it, __________?8. He wasn’t driving fast at the time, __________?9. She doesn’t know how to dance, __________?10. Joe won’t be back before noon, __________?11. The bus doesn’t stop near here, __________?12. You didn’t write those letters, __________?13. I haven’t paid you yet, __________?14. Helen isn’t going with you, __________?15. You haven’t had your lunch yet, __________?16. He can’t speak English, __________?17. I shouldn’t drive so fast on this road, __________?18. We won’t have enough money to get in, __________?19. They wouldn’t give you the information, __________?

TAG ENDINGS

B. Add the correct tag endings to these sentences.

1. Gregory left class early today, __________?(Gregory left class early today, didn’t he?)

2. He is an excellent student, __________?3. She has never gotten in touch with you, __________?4. Today is Wednesday, __________?5. You live in New Jersey, __________?6. You were absent yesterday, __________?7. Both men look very much alike, __________?8. They don’t know each other, __________?9. This street runs north and south, __________?10. We won’t have to stand in line, __________?11. You mailed that letter, __________?12. You didn’t forget to put a stamp on it, __________?13. She can speak French well, __________?14. He never comes to class on time, __________?15. The train is supposed to arrive soon, __________?16. This bus stops at the airport, __________?17. She is making good progress in English, __________?18. Your sister has been sick a long time, __________?19. This is your umbrella, __________?20. There is someone at the door, __________?21. The telephone rang, __________?22. They paid you what they owed you, __________?23. You’ll call me in the morning, __________?24. It hasn’t come true yet, __________?25. My mother has spoken to you, __________?

TAG ENDINGSC. Add tag endings to the following sentences.

1. He speaks English well, __________? (He speaks English well, doesn’t he?)2. She writes a lot of letters, __________?3. He is a busy man, __________?4. He makes a lot of mistakes in pronunciation, __________?5. Gay spends a lot of money on clothes, __________?6. He always comes to class on time, __________?7. Tony is out of town, __________?8. There are a lot of students absent from class, __________?9. They are good friends, __________?


10. They watch television every night, __________?11. You enjoy your English class, __________?12. The mail is delivered at ten o’clock, __________?13. You spend a lot of time with them, __________?14. She has to work very hard, __________?15. He is too old to play football, __________?16. You have piano lessons twice a week, __________?17. The plane arrives at noon, __________?18. They visit you every Sunday, __________?19. You get up early every morning, __________?20. He sits in the front row, __________?21. She works in the import department, __________?22. He is a good typist, __________?

D. Change the sentences in Exercise C to the past and add the tag endings.

1. He speaks English well, __________? º (He spoke English well, didn’t he?)

E. Change the sentences in Exercise C to the future with will and add the tog endings.

1. He speaks English well, __________? º (He’ll speak English well, won’t he?)

WORD ORDER

Word order is very important in English sentences. The normal word order for an English statement is subject, verb, indirectobject, direct object, adverbial modifiers. Be careful not to separate a verb and its direct object with an adverbial modifier.

Wrong: I saw yesterday my friend.Correct: I saw my friend yesterday.

Reconstruct the following sentences and put them into good English form.

1. Jacob has been two years in this country. º (Jacob has been in this country two years.)2. He is studying now English at Columbia University.3. He was so excited he hardly could think.4. The light was so bright that we had to cover from time to time our eyes.5. She said that he had had already three drinks.6. I even didn't know that it was you who was calling me.7. Throw me from the bus a kiss.8. Karen went to see the mayor in a new skirt.9. I used to like a lot the theater, but now I go every night to the movies.10. Of course, always I speak German with my family and friends.11. He is studying now French as well as English.12. He has been two years here; perhaps it is more even than that.13. It was so cold that summer that we had to wear now and then our overcoats.14. I have every day to write a lot of letters in English.15. He said that he had seen already that movie.16. He comes seldom to the lesson on time.17. Simon gave me this morning your message.18. Please read slowly the whole sentence.19. We went last night to the theater.

STILL, ANYMORE

Still means even up to the present time. It indicates some continuing action. Still usually comes before the main verb.He is still working in that office.They still live in that house.

Anymore indicates that an action that went on in the past has been discontinued. We usually place anymore at the end ofa negative sentence.

He isn’t working in that office anymore.They don’t live in that house anymore.


A. Complete the following sentences with still or anymore.

1. He doesn’t study in this class. º (He doesn’t study in this class anymore.)2. She is working as a clerk in Burdine’s.3. He is teaching English in that same school.4. Sue is the best student in the class.5. Ann is not the best student in the class6. We never see you at the school dances7. They don’t live near us8. I seldom see George9. We are good friends, although I rarely see them10. Do they spend each summer in Mexico City?11. He thinks that he is the best teacher in the department.12. Dr. Jones is not our doctor13. I think that Helen is the most interesting person in the whole school.14. They are bitter enemies, although they never see each other

AUXILIARY VERBS

B. Complete the following sentences with the necessary auxiliaries.

1. Eunice isn’t going to the party, but I _____.(Eunice isn’t going to the party, but I am)

2. Michael will be there, but Michele _____.3. Alexandra will go and so _____ her husband.4. Winnie speaks Chinese and so _____ Penny.5. Patrick isn’t going to the party and neither _____ his brother.6. You say you’re not going to the party, but I’m sure you _____.7. Sandy has gone away for the summer and so _____ Kevin.8. Polly went to the movies last night and Carson _____ too.9. She isn’t a good driver and he _____ either.10. He can’t go, but I _____.11. I can’t swim and she _____ either.12. She says she knows him well, but I don’t think she _____.13. I knew Scotty wouldn’t come, but I thought Karen _____ 14. At first they thought they couldn’t go, but now they think they _____.15. She won’t drive at night, but I _____.16. At first I didn’t like living in the States, but now I _____.17. I haven’t seen that play, but my daughters _____.18. Professor Schultz can’t speak German and neither _____ her husband.19. However, Mr. Schultz can speak Russian; his wife _____.20. My parents like living in California, but I _____.21. At first the Cowboys were the best team in the league, but now the Steelers _____.22. Cindy doesn’t want to go and neither _____ I.

SUBJECT QUESTIONS

Form subject questions by substituting who, what, or which for the subject of a sentence or for the modifiers of the subject.

Stephanie lives here. Who lives here?The vase is on the table. What is on the table?The blue ribbon is his. Which ribbon is his?

Change the following sentences to questions beginning with the question words in parentheses.1. Grace broke the dish. (Who)

(Who broke the dish?)2. February comes before March. (Which month)3. Coffee is one of the chief exports of Brazil. (What)4. Lee drove the car. (Who)5. His carelessness caused the accident. (What)6. The red umbrella belongs to her. (Which umbrella)7. The black notebook is hers. (Which notebook)


8. The Number 5 bus goes to the airport. (Which bas9. The Reillys live next door to them. (Who)10. Mexico is south of the United States. (Which country)11. She is the best student in the class. (Who)12. Decreased demand causes a fall in prices. (What)13. Bob has your book. (Who)14. The Atlantic Ocean is east of the United States. (What ocean)15. George won first prize in the contest. (who)16. This book is mine. (Which)17. That woman is my mother. (Who)18. Bernard is doing his homework now. (Who)

36.2 Read the situations and write questions beginning Do you think ... 1. You want to borrow your friend’s camera. What do you say to him? º Do you think I could borrow your camera?2. You are at a friend’s house and you want to use her phone. What do you say?

3. You’ve written a letter in English. Before you send it, you want an English friend to check it. What do you ask him?

4. You want to leave work early because you have some things to do. What do you ask your boss?

5. The woman in the next room is playing music. It’s very loud. You want her to turn it down. What do you say to her?

6. You are phoning the owner of a flat which was advertised in a newspaper. You are interested in the flat and you want tocome and see it today. What do you say to the owner?

36.3 What would you say in these situations?1. John has come to see you in your flat. You offer him something to eat.YOU: _______________ JOHN: No, thank you. I’m not hungry.2. You need help to change the film in your camera. You ask Ann.You: Ann, I don’t know how to change the film. _______________ ANN: Sure. It’s easy. All you have to do is this.3. You’re on a train. The woman next to you has finished reading her newspaper. Now you want to have a look at it. Youask her.YOU: Excuse me _______________ WOMAN: Yes, of course. I’ve finished with it.5. You’re the passenger in a car. Your friend is driving very fast. You ask her to slow down.YOU: You’re making me very nervous. _______________ DRIVER: Oh, I’m sorry. I didn’t realise I was going so fast.6. You’ve finished your meal in a restaurant and now you want the bill. You ask the waiter:YOU: _______________ WAITER: Right. I’ll get it for you now.7. A friend of yours is interested in one of your books. You invite him to borrow it.FRIEND: This book looks very interesting.YOU: Yes, it’s very good. _______________

Questions (1)A. We usually make questions by changing the word order: we put the first auxiliary verb (AV) before the subject (S):Tom will -> will Tom? º Will Tom be here tomorrow?you have -> have you? º Have you been working hard?I can -> can I? º What can I do? (not ‘What I can do?’)the house was -> was the house? º When was the house built? (not ‘When was built the house?’)

B. In present simple questions, we use do/does:you live -> do you live? º Do you live near here?the film begins -> does the film begin?What time does the film begin? (not ‘What time begins ...?’)In past simple questions, we use did:you sold -> did you sell? º Did you sell your car?the accident happened -> did the accident happen?How did the accident happen?

But do not use do/does/did in questions if who/what/which is the subject of the sentence. Compare:


“who” objectEmma telephoned somebody. (object)Who (object) did Emma telephone?“who” subjectSomebody (subject) telephoned Emma.Who (subject) telephoned Emma?In these examples, who/what/which is the subject:* Who wants something to eat? (not ‘Who does want’)* What happened to you last night? (not ‘What did happen’)* Which bus goes to the city centre? (not ‘Which bus does go’)

C. Note the position of prepositions in questions beginning Who/What/Which/Where ...?:* Who do you want to speak to?* What was the weather like yesterday?* Which job has Jane applied for?* Where do you come from?

D. Negative questions (isn’t it ...?/didn’t you ...?)We use negative questions especially to show surprise:* Didn’t you hear the bell? I rang it four times.or when we expect the listener to agree with us:* ‘Haven’t we met somewhere before ‘Yes, I think we have.’* Isn’t it a beautiful day! (= It’s a beautiful day, isn’t it?)Note the meaning of yes and no in answers to negative questions:* Don’t you want to go to the party? Yes. (=Yes, I want to go)* Don’t you want to go to the party? No. (=No, I don’t want to go)Note the word order in negative questions beginning Why ...?:* Why don’t we go out for a meal tonight? (not ‘Why we don’t ...’)* Why wasn’t Mary at work yesterday? (not ‘Why Mary wasn’t ...’)

EXERCISES48.1 Ask Liz questions. (Look at her answers before you write the questions.)1. (where/from?) Where are you from?From London originally.2. (where/live/now?) Where _______________ In Manchester.3. (married?) _______________ Yes.4. (how long/married?) _______________ 12 years.5. (children?) _______________ Yes, three boys.6. (how old/they?) _______________ 4, 7 and 9.7. (what/husband/do?) _______________ He’s a policeman.8. (he/enjoy his job?) _______________ Yes, very much.9. (arrest anyone yesterday?) _______________ I don’t know.10. (how often/go/on holiday?) _______________ Usually once a year.11. (where/next year?) _______________ We don’t know yet.

48.2 Make questions with who or what.1. Somebody hit me. º Who hit you?2. I hit somebody. º Who did you hit? 3. Somebody gave me the key. º Who _______________ 4. Something happened. º What _______________ 5. Diane told me something. º 6. This book belongs to somebody. º 7. Somebody lives in that house. º


8 I fell over something. º 9. Something fell on the floor. º 10. This word means something. º 11. I borrowed the money from somebody. º 12. I’m worried about something. º

48.3 Put the words in brackets in the correct order. All the sentences are questions.1. (when/was/built/this house) When was this house built? 2. (how/cheese/is/made)3. (when/invented /the computer/was)4. (why/Sue/working/ isn’t/today)5. (what time/coming/your friends/are)6. (why/was/cancelled/the concert)7. (where/your mother/was/born)8. (why/you/to the party/didn’t/come)9. (how/the accident/did/happen)10. (why/this machine/doesn’t/work)

48.4 Write negative questions from the words in brackets. In each situation you are surprised.1. A: We won’t see Ann this evening.B: Why not? (she/not/come/to the party?) Isn’t she coming to the party? 2. A: I hope we don’t meet Brian tonight.B: Why? (you/not/like/him?)3. A: Don’t go and see that film.B: Why not? (it/not/good)4. A: I’ll have to borrow some money.B: Why? (you/not/have/any?)

49.2 You are making a phone call. You want to speak to Sue but she isn’t there. Somebody else answers the phone.You want to know three things:(1) Where has she gone? (2) When will she be back? and (3) Did she go out alone?Complete the conversation:A: Do you know where _______________ (1)?B: Sorry, I’ve got no idea.A: Never mind. I don’t suppose you know _______________ (2).B: No, I’m afraid not.A: One more thing. Do you happen to know _______________ (3)?B: I’m afraid I didn’t see her go out.A: OK. Well, thank you anyway. Goodbye.

49.3 You have been away for a while and have just come back to your home town. You meet Gerry, a friend of yours.He asks you a lot of questions:1. How are you?2. Where have you been?3. How long have you been back?4. What are you doing now?5. Where are you living?6. Why did you come back?7. Are you glad to be back?8. Do you have any plans to go away again?9. can you lend me some money?Now you tell another friend what Gerry asked you. Use reported speech.1. He asked me how I was.2. He asked me _______________ 3. He _______________ 4. _______________ 5. _______________ 6. _______________ 7. _______________ 8. _______________ 9. _______________

Auxiliary verbs (have/do/can etc.) I think so/I hope so etc.


A. There are two verbs in each of these sentences:I have lost my keys.She can’t come to the party.The hotel was built ten years ago.Where do you live?In these examples have/can’t/was/do are auxiliary (= helping) verbs.You can use an auxiliary verb (without the rest of the sentence) when you don’t want to repeat something:* ‘Have you locked the door?’ ‘Yes, I have.’ (= I have locked the door)* George wasn’t working but Janet was. (= Janet was working)* She could lend me the money but she won’t. (= she won’t lend me the money)* ‘Are you angry with me?’ ‘Of course I’m not.’ (= I’m not angry)Use do/does/did for the present and past simple:* ‘Do you like onions?’ ‘Yes, I do. (= I like onions)* ‘Does Mark smoke?’ ‘He did but he doesn’t any more.’

B. We use have you?/isn’t she?/do they? etc. to show polite interest in what somebody has said:* ‘I’ve just met Simon.’ ‘Oh, have you? How is he?’* ‘Liz isn’t very well today.’ ‘Oh, isn’t she? What’s wrong with her?’* ‘It rained every day during our holiday.’ ‘Did it? What a pity!’Sometimes we use these ‘short questions’ to show surprise:* ‘Jim and Nora are getting married.’ ‘Are they? Really?’

C. We use auxiliary verbs with so and neither:* ‘I’m feeling tired.’ ‘So am I’ (= I’m feeling tired too)* ‘I never read newspapers.’ ‘Neither do I’ (= I never read newspapers either)* Sue hasn’t got a car and neither has Martin.Note the word order after so and neither (verb before subject):* I passed the exam and so did Tom. (not ‘so Tom did’)You can use nor instead of neither:* ‘I can’t remember his name.’ ‘Nor can I’ or ‘Neither can I’You can also use ‘ ...not ... either’:* ‘I haven’t got any money.’ ‘Neither have I’ or ‘Nor have I’ or ‘I haven’t either.’

D. I think so/I hope so etc.After some verbs you can use so when you don’t want to repeat something:* ‘Are those people English?’ I think so.’ (= I think they are English)* ‘Will you be at home tomorrow morning?’ ‘I expect so.’ (= I expect I’ll be at home..)* ‘Do you think Kate has been invited to the party?’ ‘I suppose so.’You can also say I hope so, I guess so and I’m afraid so.The usual negative forms are:I think so/I expect so -> I don’t think so/I don’t expect soI hope so/I’m afraid so/I guess so -> I hope not/I’m afraid not/I guess notI suppose so/I don’t suppose so or I suppose not* ‘Is that woman American?’ ‘I think so./I don’t think so.’* ‘Do you think it’s going to rain?’ J hope so./I hope not.’ (not ‘I don’t hope so’)

EXERCISES50.1 Complete the sentences with an auxiliary verb (do/was/could/should etc.). Sometimes the verb must be negative(don’t/wasn’t etc.).1. I wasn’t tired but my friends __________.2. I like hot weather but Ann __________.3. ‘Is Colin here?’ ‘He __________ five minutes ago but I think he’s gone home now.’4. She might phone later this evening but I don’t think she __________.5. ‘Are you and Chris coming to the party?’ ‘I am but Chris __________.’6. I don’t know whether to apply for the job or not. Do you think I __________.?7. ‘Please don’t tell anybody what I said.’ ‘Don’t worry. I __________.’8. ‘You never listen to me.’ ‘Yes, I __________.!’9. ‘Can you play a musical instrument?’ ‘No, but I wish I __________.’10. ‘Please help me.’ ‘I’m sorry. I __________ if I __________ but I __________.’

50.2 You never agree with Sue. Answer in the way shown.1. I’m hungry. _______________ 2. I’m not tired. _______________


3. I like football. _______________ 4. I didn’t enjoy the film. _______________ 5. I’ve never been to South America. _______________ 6. I thought the exam was quite easy. _______________

50.3 You are talking to Tina. Write true sentences about Yourself. Reply with So ... or Neither ... if suitable. Studythe two examples carefully.1. I feel really tired. So do I2. I’m working hard. Are you? I’m not.3. I watched television last week. _______________ 4. I won’t be in London next week. _______________ 5. I live in a small town. _______________ 6. I’d like to go to the moon. _______________ 7. I can’t play the trumpet. _______________

Question tags (do you? isn’t it? etc.)A. Study these examples:You haven’t seen Mary today, have you?No, I’m afraid not.It was a good film, wasn’t it?Yes. I really enjoyed it.Have you? and wasn’t it? are question tags (= mini-questions that we often put on the end of a sentence in spoken English).In question tags, we use an auxiliary verb (have/was/will etc.).We use do/does/did for the present and past simple:* ‘Karen plays the piano, doesn’t she?’ ‘Well, yes, but not very well.’* ‘You didn’t lock the door, did you?’ ‘No, I forgot.’

B. Normally we use a negative question tag after a positive sentence:positive sentence + negative tagMary will be here soon, won’t she?There was a lot of traffic, wasn’t there?Jim should pass the exam, shouldn’t he? ... and a positive question tag after a negative sentence:negative sentence + positive tagMary won’t be late, will she?They don’t like us, do they?You haven’t got a car, have you?Notice the meaning of yes and no in answer to a negative sentence:* You’re not going out today, are you? Yes. (Yes, I am going out)* You’re not going out today, are you? No. (No, I am not going out)

C. The meaning of a question tag depends on how you say it. If your voice goes down, you aren’t really asking a question;you are only inviting the listener to agree with you:* ‘It’s a nice day, isn’t it?’ ‘Yes, lovely.’* ‘Tim doesn’t look well today, dose he? ‘No, he looks very tired.’* She’s very pretty. She’s got beautiful eyes, hasn’t she?But if the voice goes up, it is a real question:* ‘You haven’t seen Mary today, have you?’ ‘No, I’m afraid not.’(= Have you seen Mary today by any chance?)We often use a negative sentence + positive tag to ask for things or information, or to ask somebody to do something. Thevoice goes up at the end of the tag in sentences like these:* ‘You haven’t got a pen, have you?’ ‘Yes, here you are.’* ‘You couldn’t do me a favour, could you?’ ‘It depends what it is.’* ‘You don’t know where Karen is, do you?’Sorry, I’ve no idea.’

D. After Let’s ... the question tag is ... shall we?:Let’s go for a walk, shall we?After the imperative (Do .../Don’t do ... etc.), the tag is usually ... will you?:Open the door, will you?Don’t be late, will you?Note that we say ... aren’t I? (= am I not?):I’m late, aren’t I?


EXERCISES51.1 Put a question tag on the end of these sentences.1. Tom won’t be late, will he? No, he’s never late.2. You’re tired, aren’t you? Yes, a little.3. You’ve got a camera, _______________ ? Yes, why? Do you want to borrow it?4. You weren’t listening, _______________ ? Yes, I was!5. Sue doesn’t know Ann, _______________ ? No, they’ve never met.6. Jack’s on holiday, _______________ ? Yes, he’s in Portugal.7. Ann’s applied for the job, _______________ ? Yes, but she won’t get it.8. You can speak German, _______________ ? Yes, but not very fluently.9. He won’t mind if I use his phone, _______________ ? No, of course he won’t.10. There are a lot of people here, _______________ ? Yes, more than I expected.11. Let’s go out tonight, _______________ ? Yes, let’s.12. This isn’t very interesting, _______________ ? No, not very.13. I’m too impatient, _______________ ? Yes, you are sometimes.14. You wouldn’t tell anyone _______________ ?No, of course not.15. Listen, _______________ ? OK, I’m listening.16. I shouldn’t have lost my temper, _______________ ? No, but never mind.17. Don’t drop that vase, _______________ ? No, don’t worry.18. He’d never met her before, _______________ ?, No, that was the first time.51.2 Read the situation and write a sentence with a question tag. In each situation you are asking your friend to agree withyou.1. You look out of the window. The sky is blue and the sun is shining. What do you say to your friend?(beautiful day) It’s a beautiful day, isn’t2. You’re with a friend outside a restaurant. You’re looking at the prices, which are very high. What do you say? (expensive)It _______________ 3. You’ve just come out of the cinema with a friend’. You really enjoyed the film. What do you say to your friend? (great)The film _______________ 4. You and a friend are listening to a woman singing. You like her voice very much. What do you say to your friend? (alovely voice). She _______________ 5. You are trying on a jacket. You look in the mirror and you don’t like what you see. What do you say to your friend?(not/took/very good). It _______________ 7. You and a friend are walking over a wooden bridge. It is very old and some parts are broken. What do you say? (not/verysafe). This bridge _______________ 51.3 In these situations you are asking for information and asking people to do things. Make sentences like those in SectionC.1. You need a pen. Perhaps Jane has got one. Ask her.Jane, you haven’t got a pen. have you?2. You’re looking for Ann. Perhaps Kate knows where she is. Ask her. þ Kate, you _______________ 3. You need a bicycle pump. Perhaps Helen has got one. Ask her. þ Helen _______________ 4. You’re looking for your keys. Perhaps Robin has seen them. Ask him.

To ..., for ... and so that ... (purpose)A. We use to ... to say why somebody does something (= the purpose of an action):* ‘Why did you go out?’ ‘To post a letter.’* A friend of mine phoned to invite me to a party.* We shouted to warn everybody of the danger.We use to ... to say why something exists or why somebody has/wants/needs something:* This wall is to keep people out of the garden.* The President has a team of bodyguards to protect him.* I need a bottle opener to open this bottle.

B. We use to ... to say what can be done or must be done with something:* It’s difficult to find a place to park in the city centre. (= a place where you can park)* Would you like something to eat?* Have you got much work to do? (= work that you must do)* I get lonely if there’s nobody to talk to.Also: money/time/chance/opportunity/energy/courage etc. to (do something):* They gave us some money to buy some food.* Do you have much opportunity to practise your English?* I need a few days to think about your proposal.

C. For ... and to ...


Compare:* I’m going to Spain for a holiday.but I’m going to Spain to learn Spanish. (not ‘for learn Spanish’, not ‘for learning Spanish’)We use for + noun (for a holiday) but to + verb (to learn). Some more examples:* What would you like for dinner?but What would you like to eat? (not ‘for eat’)* Let’s go to the pool for a swim.but Let’s go to the pool to have a swim.Note that you can say ... for (somebody) to (do something):* There weren’t any chairs for us to sit on, so we had to sit on the floor.You can use for ~ing to say what the general purpose of a thing is. To ... is also possible:* This knife is only for cutting bread. (or ... to cut bread.)You can use What ... for? to ask about purpose:* What is this switch for?* What did you do that for?

D. So thatSometimes you have to use so that for purpose. We use so that (not to ...):i) when the purpose is negative (so that ... won’t/wouldn’t):* I hurried so that I wouldn’t be late. (= because I didn’t want to be late)* Leave early so that you won’t (or don’t) miss the bus.ii) with can and could (so that ... can/could)* She’s learning English so that she can study in Canada.* We moved to London so that we could visit our friends more often.iii) when one person does something so that another person does something else:* I gave her my address so that she could contact me.* He wore glasses and a false beard so that nobody would recognize him.

EXERCISES63.1 Use a sentence from A and a sentence from B to make a new sentence.A1. I shouted2. I had to go to the bank3. I’m saving money4. I went into hospital5. I’m wearing two pullovers6. I phoned the police stationBI want to keep warmI wanted to report that my car had been stolenI want to go to CanadaI had to have an operationI needed to get some moneyI wanted to warn people of danger1. I shouted to warn people of the danger.2. I had to go to the bank _______________ 3. I _______________ 4. _______________ 5. _______________ 6. _______________

63.2 Complete these sentences using a suitable verb.1. The President has a team of bodyguards to protect him.2. I didn’t have enough time _______________ the newspaper today.3. I came home by taxi. I didn’t have the energy _______________ 4. ‘Would you like something _______________ ?’ ‘Yes, please. A cup of coffee.’5. We need a bag _______________ these things in.6. There will be a meeting next week _______________ the problem.7. I wish we had enough money _______________ a new car.8. I need some new clothes. I haven’t got anything nice _______________ 9. They’ve just passed their exams. They’re having a party _______________ 10. I can’t do all this work alone. I need somebody _______________ me.


63.3 Put in to or for.1. I’m going to Spain for a holiday.2. You need a lot of experience _______________ this job.3. You need a lot of experience _______________ do this job.4. We’ll need more time _______________ make a decision.5. I went to the dentist _______________ a check-up.6. I had to put on my glasses _______________ read the letter.7. Do you wear glasses _______________ reading?8. I wish we had a garden _______________ the children _______________ play in.

63.4 Write sentences with so that.1. I hurried. I didn’t want to be late. þ I hurried so that I wouldn’t be late.2. We wore warm clothes. We didn’t want to get cold. þ We wore _______________ 3. The man spoke very slowly. He wanted me to understand what he said. þ The man4. I whispered. I didn’t want anybody else to here our conversation. þ _______________ nobody _______________ 5. Please arrive early. We want to be able to start the meeting on time. þ Please _______________ 6. She locked the door. She didn’t want to be disturbed. þ 7. I slowed down. I wanted the car behind to be able to overtake. þ

Enough and tooA. The position of enoughEnough goes after adjectives and adverbs:* He didn’t get the job because he wasn’t experienced enough. (not ‘enough experienced’)* You won’t pass the examination if you don’t work hard enough.* She shouldn’t get married yet. She’s not old enough.The opposite is too. (too hard/too old etc.):* You never stop working. You work too hard. Enough normally goes before nouns:* He didn’t get the job because he didn’t have enough experience. (not ‘experience enough’)* I’d like to go away on holiday but I haven’t got enough money.* Some of us had to sit on the floor because there weren’t enough chairs.You can also use enough alone (without a noun):* I’ll lend you some money if you haven’t got enough.The opposite is too much ... / too many ...:* We can’t go away on holiday. It costs too much (money).* There are too many people and not enough chairs.

B. We say enough/too ... for (somebody/something):* I haven’t got enough money for a holiday.* He wasn’t experienced enough for the job.* This shirt is too big for me. I need a smaller size.But we usually say enough/too ... to do something (not ‘for doing’). So we say:enough money to buy something, too young to do something etc.For example:* I haven’t got enough money to go on holiday. (not ‘for going’)* He wasn’t experienced enough to do the job.* She’s not old enough to get married. or She’s too young to get married.* Let’s get a taxi. It’s too far to walk home from here.* There weren’t enough chairs for everyone to sit down.* They spoke too quickly for us to understand.

C. We say:The food was very hot. We couldn’t eat it.and: The food was so hot that we couldn’t eat it.but: The food was too hot to eat. (without ‘it’)Some more examples like this:* The wallet was too big to put in my pocket. (not ‘too big to put it’)* These boxes are too heavy to carry. (not ‘too heavy to carry them’)* The water wasn’t clean enough to swim in.

EXERCISES102.1 Complete these sentences using enough with one of the following adjectives or nouns:adjectives: big, old, warm, well,nouns: cups milk money qualifications room time


1. She shouldn’t get married yet. She’s not old enough.2. I’d like to buy a car but I haven’t got _______________.3. Have you got _______________ in your tea or would you like some more?4. Are you _______________ ? Or shall I switch on the heating?5. It’s only a small car. There isn’t _______________ for all of you.6. Steve didn’t feel _______________ to go to work this morning.7. 1 didn’t answer all the questions in the exam. I didn’t have _______________.8. Try this jacket on and see if it’s _______________ for you.9. There weren’t _______________ for everybody to have coffee at the same time.

102.2 Complete the answers to the questions. Use too or enough with the word in brackets.1. Is she going to get married?(old) No, she’s not old enough to get married.2. I need to talk to you about something.(busy) Well, I’m afraid I’m _______________ to you now.3. Let’s go to the cinema.(late) No, it’s _______________ to the cinema.4. Why don’t we sit in the garden?(warm) It’s not _______________ in the garden.5. Would you like to be a politician?(nice) No, I’m _______________ a politician.6. Do you want to play tennis today?(energy) No, I haven’t got _______________ tennis today.7. Did you hear what he was saying?(far away) No, we were _______________ what he was saying.8. Can he read a newspaper in English?(English) No, he doesn’t know _______________ a newspaper.102.3 Make one sentence from two. Complete the new sentence using too or enough.1. We couldn’t cat the food. It was too hot. _The food was, too hot to eat._2. I can’t drink this coffee. It’s too hot. This coffee is _______________.3. Nobody could move the piano. It was too heavy.The piano _______________.4. I don’t wear this coat in winter. It isn’t warm enough.This coat _______________ 5. I can’t explain the situation. It is too complicated.The situation _______________.6. Three people can’t sit on this sofa. It isn’t wide enough.This sofa _______________.7. We couldn’t climb over the wall. It was too high.The wall _______________.8. You can’t see some things without a microscope, They are too small.Some _______________.

So and suchA. Study these examples:#1 * I didn’t enjoy the book.The story was so stupid.We use so + adjective/adverb:so stupid so quick so nice so quickly#2 * I didn’t enjoy the book.It was such a stupid story.We use such + noun: such a story such peopleWe use such + adjective + noun: such a stupid story such nice peopleNote that we say such a ... (not ‘a such ...’)B. So and such make the meaning of an adjective (or adverb) stronger:* It’s a lovely day, isn’t it? It’s so warm. (= really warm)* He’s difficult to understand because he speaks so quickly.Compare so and such in these sentences:* I like Tom and Ann. They are so nice.You can use so ... that ...:* The book was so good that I couldn’t put it down.* I was so tired that I fell asleep in the armchair.You can leave out that in sentences like this:* I was so tired (that) I fell asleep.


* We enjoyed our holiday. We had such a good time. (= a really good time)* I like Tom and Ann. They are such nice people. (not ‘so nice people’)You can use such ... that ...:* It was such a good book that I couldn’t put it down.* It was such lovely weather that we spent the whole day on the beach.* It was such lovely weather (that) we ...C. We also use so and such with the meaning ‘like this’:* I was surprised to find out that the house was built 100 years ago. I didn’t realize it was so old. (as old as it is)* I expected the weather to be much cooler. I didn’t expect it to be so warm.* I’m tired because I got up at 6 o’clock. I don’t usually get up so early.* I didn’t realize it was such an old house.* The house was so untidy. I’ve never seen such a mess. (= a mess like this)Note the expression no such ...* You won’t find the word ‘blid’ in an English dictionary because there is no such word. (= this word does not exist)D. We say: so long but such a long time:* I haven’t seen her for so long I’ve forgotten what she looks like.so far but such a long way:* I didn’t know it was so far.so much, so many but such a lot (of):* Why did you buy so much food?* I haven’t seen her for such a long time. (not ‘a so long time’)* I didn’t know it was such a long way.* Why did you buy such a lot of food?

EXERCISES101.1 Put in so, such or such a.1. He’s difficult to understand because he speaks so quickly.2. I like Tom and Ann. They’re such nice people.3. It was a great holiday. We had such a good time.4. I was surprised that he looked _______________ well after his recent illness.5. Everything is _______________ expensive these days, isn’t it?6. The weather is lovely, isn’t it? I didn’t expect it to be _______________ nice day.7. I have to go. I didn’t realize it was _______________ late.8. He always looks good. He wears _______________ nice clothes.9. It was _______________ boring film that I fell asleep while I was watching it.10. I couldn’t believe the news. It was _______________ shock.11. I think she works too hard. She looks _______________ tired all the time.12. The food at the hotel was _______________ awful. I’ve never eaten. awful food.13. They’ve got _______________ much money, they don’t know what to do with it.14. 1 didn’t realize you lived _______________ long way from the city centre.15. I can’t decide what to do. It’s _______________ problem.101.2 Make one sentence from two. Use so or such.1. She worked hard.2. It was a beautiful day.3. I was tired.4. We had a good time on holiday.5. She speaks English well.6. I’ve got a lot of things to do.7. The music was loud.8. I had a big breakfast.9. It was horrible weather.a. You could hear it from miles away.b. You would think it was her native language.c. We spent the whole day indoors.d. She made herself ill.e. I couldn’t keep my eyes open.f. I didn’t eat anything else for the rest of the day.g. We decided to go to the beach.h. I don’t know where to begin.i. We didn’t want to come home.1. She worked so hard she made herself ill.2. It was such a beautiful day we decided to go to the beach.


3. I was _______________.4. _______________.5. _______________.6. _______________.7. _______________.8. _______________.9. _______________.

101.3 Use your own ideas to complete these pairs of sentences.1. a. We enjoyed our holiday. It was so relaxing.b. We enjoyed our holiday. We had such a good time.2 a. I don’t like London very much. It’s so _______________.b. I don’t like London very much. It’s such _______________.3. a. I like Ann. She’s so _______________.b. I like Ann. She’s such _______________.4. a. I wouldn’t like to be a teacher. It’s so _______________.b. I wouldn’t like to be a teacher. It’s such _______________.5. a. It’s great to see you again! I haven’t seen you for so _______________.b. It’s great to see you again! I haven’t seen you for such _______________.

UNIT 110. Still, yet and already Any more/any longer/no longer (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)A stillWe use still to say that a situation or action is continuing. It hasn’t changed or stopped:* It’s 10 o’clock and Tom is still in bed.* When I went to bed, Jane was still working.* Do you still want to go to the party or have you changed your mind?Still usually goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb.

B. Any more/any longer/no longerWe use not ... any more or not ... any longer to say that a situation has changed. Any more and any longer go at the end ofa sentence:* Ann doesn’t work here any more (or any longer). She left last month. (not ‘Ann doesn’t still work here’)* We used to be good friends but we aren’t any more (or any longer).You can also use no longer. No longer goes in the middle of the sentence:* Ann no longer works here. Note that we do not normally use no more in this way:* We are no longer friends. (not ‘We are no more friends’)Compare still and not ... any more:* Sheila still works here but Ann doesn’t work here any more.

C. YetYet = ‘until now’. We use yet mainly in negative sentences (I haven’t finished yet) and questions (Haveyou finished yet?). Yet shows that the speaker is expecting something to happen.Yet usually goes at the end of a sentence:* It’s 10 o’clock and Tom hasn’t got up yet.* I’m hungry. Is dinner ready yet?* We don’t know where we’re going for our holidays yet.We often use yet with the present perfect (Have you finished yet?). See also Unit 7C. Compare yet and still:* Jack lost his job a year ago and is still unemployed.Jack lost his job a year ago and hasn’t found another job yet.* Is it still raining?Has it stopped raining yet?Still is also possible in negative sentences (before the negative):* She said she would be here an hour ago and she still hasn’t come.This is similar to ‘she hasn’t come yet’. But still. not shows a stronger feeling of surprise or impatience.Compare:* I wrote to him last week. He hasn’t replied yet. (but I expect he will reply soon)* I wrote to him months ago and he still hasn’t replied. (he should have replied before now)

D. AlreadyWe use already to say that something happened sooner than expected. Already usually goes in the middle of a sentence:* ‘When is Sue going on holiday?’ ‘She has already gone.’ (= sooner than you expected)* Shall I tell Liz the news or does she already know?* I’ve only just had lunch and I’m already hungry.


EXERCISES110.1 Compare what Paul said a few years ago with what he says now. Some things are the same as before and somethings have changed.Paul a few years ago (beard)I travel a lot. I work in a shop.I write poems.I want to be a teacher.I’m interested in politics. I’m single. I go fishing a lot.Paul nowI travel a lot.I work in a hospital.I gave up writing poems.I want to be a teacher.I’m not interested in politics.I’m single.I haven’t been fishing for years.

Write sentences about Paul using still and not. any more.1. (travel) _He still travels a lot._2. (shop) _He doesn’t work in a shop any more.-3. (poems) He _______________.4. (teacher) _______________.5. (politics) _______________.6. (single) _______________.7. (fishing) _______________.8. (beard) _______________.Now write three sentences about Paul using no longer.9. _He no longer works in a shop._10. He _______________.11. _______________.12 _______________.

110.2 For each sentence (with still) write a sentence with a similar meaning using not ... yet + one of the followingverbs: decide find finish go stop take off wake up1. It’s still raining. _It hasn’t stopped raining yet._2. George is still here. He _______________.3. They’re still having their dinner. They _______________.4. The children are still asleep _______________.5. Ann is still looking for a job _______________.6. I’m still wondering what to do _______________.7. The plane is still waiting on the runway _______________.

110.3 In this exercise you have to put in still, yet, already or not ... any more in the underlined sentence (or part of asentence). Study the examples carefully.1. Jack lost his job a year ago and he is unemployed. He is still unemployed2. Do you want me to tell Liz the news or does she know? does she already know3. I’m hungry. Is dinner ready? Is dinner ready yet4. I was hungry earlier but I’m not hungry. I’m not hungry any more5. Can we wait a few minutes? I don’t want to go out. _______________.6. Jill used to work at the airport but she doesn’t work there. _______________.7. I used to live in Amsterdam. I have a lot of friends there _______________.8. ‘Shall I introduce you to Jim?’ ‘There’s no need. We’ve met.’ _______________.9. Do you live in the same house or have you moved? _______________.10. Would you like to eat with us or have you eaten? _______________.11. ‘Where’s John?’ ‘He isn’t here. He’ll be here soon.’ _______________.12. Tim said he would be here at 8.30. It’s 9 o’clock now and he isn’t here. _______________.13. Do you want to join the club or are you a member? _______________.14. It happened a long time ago but I can remember it very clearly. _______________.15. I’ve put on weight. These trousers don’t fit me. _______________.16. ‘Have you finished with the paper?’ ‘No I’m reading it.’ _______________.

For, during and whileA. For and during


We use for + a period of time to say bow long something goes on:for two hours, for a week, for ages For example:* We watched television for two hours last night.* Victoria is going away for a week in September.* Where have you been? I’ve been waiting for ages.* Are you going away for the weekend?We use during + noun to say when something happens (not how long):during the film during our holiday during the nightFor example:* I fell asleep during the film.* We met a lot of people during our holiday.* The ground is wet. It must have rained during the night.With a ‘time word’ (for example, the morning/the afternoon/the summer), you can usually say in or during:* It must have rained in the night. (or ... during the night.)* I’ll phone you sometime during the afternoon. (or ... in the afternoon.)You cannot use during to say how long something goes on:* It rained for three days without stopping. (not ‘during three days’)Compare during and for:* I fell asleep during the film. I was asleep for half an hour.B. During and whileCompare:We use during + noun:I fell asleep during the film.Compare during and while in these examples:* We met a lot of interesting people during our holiday.* Robert suddenly began to feel ill during the examination.We use while + subject + verb:* I fell asleep while I was watching television.* We met a lot of interesting people while we were on holiday.* Robert suddenly began to feel ill while he was doing the examination.Some more examples of while:* We saw Amanda while we were waiting for the bus.* While you were out, there was a phone call for you.* Christopher read a book while I watched television.When you are talking about the future, use the present (not ‘will’) after while:* I’ll be in London next week. I hope to see Tom while I’m there. (not ‘while I will be there’)* What are you going to do while you are waiting? (not ‘while you will be waiting’)See also Unit 25.

EXERCISES118.1. Put in for or during.1. It rained _for_ three days without stopping.2. I fell asleep _during_ the film.3. I went to the theatre last night. I met Lucy _______________ the interval.4. Martin hasn’t lived in Britain all his life. He lived in Brazil _______________ four years.5. Production at the factory was seriously affected _______________ the strike.6. I felt really ill last week. I could hardly eat anything _______________ I three days.7. I waited for you _______________ half an hour and decided that you weren’t coming.8. Sue was very angry with me. She didn’t speak to me _______________ a week.9. We usually go out at weekends, but we don’t often go out _______________ the week.10. Jack started a new job a few weeks ago. Before that he was out of work _______________ six months.11. I need a change. I think I’ll go away _______________ a few days.12. The President gave a long speech. She spoke _______________ two hours.13. We were hungry when we arrived. We hadn’t had anything to eat _______________ the journey.14. We were hungry when we arrived. We hadn’t had anything to eat _______________ eight hours.

118.2 Put in during or while.1. We met a lot of people _while_ while. we were on holiday.2. We met a lot of people _during_ our holiday.3. I met Mike _______________ I was shopping.4. _______________ we were in Paris, we stayed at a very comfortable hotel.5. _______________ our stay in Paris, we visited a lot of museums and galleries.6. The phone rang three times _______________ we were having dinner.


7. The phone rang three times _______________ the night.8. I had been away for many years. _______________ that time, many things had changed.9. What did they say about me _______________ I was out of the room?10. Jack read a lot of books and magazines _______________ .I. he was ill.11. I went out for dinner last night. Unfortunately, I began to feel ill _______________ the meal and had to go home.12. Please don’t interrupt me _______________ I’m speaking.13. There were many interruptions _______________ the President’s speech.14. Can you lay the table _______________ I get the dinner ready?15. We were hungry when we arrived. We hadn’t had anything to eat _______________ we were travelling.

118.3 Use your own ideas to complete these sentences.1. I fell asleep while _I was watching television._2. I fell asleep during _the film._3. I hurt my arm while _______________.4. Can you wait here while _______________ ?5. Most of the students looked bored during _______________.6. I was asked a lot of questions during _______________.7. Don’t open the car door while _______________.8. The lights suddenly went out during _______________.9. It started to rain during _______________.10. It started to rain while _______________.

SO DO I • SO AM I • SO HAVE I • ETC. (Fill in the gaps)19. “I am learning French in a private school.” “So _____ I .”20. “They went to the bank early this morning.” “So _____ we.”21. “Your sister can swim very well, can’t she?” “Yes, but so _____ I.”22. “Peter can speak Italian very well, can’t he?” “Yes, and so _____ his brother.”23. “We bought a new car last year.” “Did you really? Well, so _____ we.”24. “The Armstrongs went to Benidorm last summer.” “Well, so _____ we.”25. “These people earn a lot of money.” “Do they? Well, so _____ we.”26. “We’ll probably go to that place tomorrow night.” “Oh, yes, so _____ we.”27. “We buy the newspaper every day in this house.” “Well, so _____ we.”28. “I think that they will get tired soon.” “Well, so _____ you.”29. “This man is very clever, he speaks several languages.” “So _____ I”30. “I would go to Cancun on holiday if I could.” “So _____ I”31. 13. “I’ve finished everything on my plate.” “Have you? Well, so _____ I”32. “I think you speak too much and do too little work.” “And so _____ you.”33. “We’ll sell our house as soon as we can and go away.” “So _____ we.”34. “We work 12 hours a day six days a week in this firm.” “Well, so _____ we.”35. “I have already written many books in my life.” “Well, so _____ I”36. “I would go with them if I were younger.” “Yes, so _____ I”37. “My brother will go to university this year.” “So _____ mine.”38. “My boss is at a fair in South America.” “That is a coincidence, so _____ mine.”39. “My father was injured in the accident.” “Was he? Well, so _____ mine.”40. “Last night we went to the concert.” “Did you? Well, so _____ we.”41. “Our little baby is very good.” “Is he? Well, so _____ ours.”42. “We are going to the theatre tonight.” “Are you? Well, so _____ we.”43. “All my children speak Spanish and French.” “Well, so _____ ours.”44. “When I was a boy I could run 100 metres in eleven seconds.” “So _____ I.”45. “I have already bought today’s newspaper.” “Well, so _____ I”46. “I would like to buy a house near the river.” “So _____ I”47. “I have been through a very nasty experience.” “So _____ I”48. “The journey was very long and I stopped several times on the way.” “So _____ we.”49. When I was a boy I could play for hours without getting tired.” “So _____ I”50. “Our President speaks for hours on end.” “Well, so _____ ours.”51. “I like to drink a glass of wine with my meals.” “Well, so _____ I”52. “I was wounded during World War II.” “Were you? Well, so _____ I”53. “My son is much taller than I am.” “Is he? Well, so _____ mine.”54. “My children speak French much better than I do.” “Well, so _____ mine.”55. “I have already spoken to the teacher.” “Have you? Well, so _____ I.”56. “My neighbours are going to go to live in another town.” “So _____ mine.”57. “I have won the first prize several times.” “Have you? Well, so _____ I”58. “I told my father about the journey last night.” “Well, so _____ I”


NEITHER • NOR DID I • ETC. (Fill in the gaps)1. “We didn’t go to last night’s concert after all.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”2. “The little boy wasn’t very good.” “Well, neither/nor _____ the little girl.”3. “I’m sorry, I didn’t think of that possibility.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”4. “Sorry, but I can’t speak French.” “Well, don’t worry, neither/nor _____ I”5. I won’t buy it after all, it’s too expensive.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”6. “Sorry, we never go to the theatre.” “Don’t worry, neither/nor _____ we.”7. “He doesn’t speak Spanish.” “Well, neither/nor _____ his wife.”8. “We haven’t done anything about it yet.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”9. “I wouldn’t like to live near the river.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”10. “I could never run the 100 metres in 11 seconds when I was a boy.” “Well, neither/ nor _____ I”11. “I wouldn’t buy that house, it’s too expensive.” “Neither/nor _____ I.”12. “I haven’t bought the newspaper yet this morning.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”13. “They weren’t injured in the accident.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”14. “We were in a hurry. We didn’t stop in that village.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”15. “I wouldn’t like to go through that experience.” `Well, neither/nor _____ I”16. “I couldn’t find another job in that town.” `Well, neither _____ I”17. “I never drink wine with my meals.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I really.”18. “I can never remember people’s names.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”19. “My father is afraid of planes. He would never fly on one.” “Well, neither/nor _____ mine.”20. “I didn’t speak to the teacher last night.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”21. “We didn’t go to the theatre last night.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”22. “I can’t see the football match on TV tonight.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”23. “I don’t like my maths teacher. He is not very good.” “Well, neither/nor _____ mine.”24. “Our children don’t speak any foreign languages.” “Well, neither/nor _____ ours.”25. “I haven’t done my homework yet.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”26. The teacher told us to buy a dictionary but I haven’t bought it yet.” “Well, neither/ nor _ I”27. “I couldn’t run very fast when I was a boy.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I.”28. “I wasn’t even wounded in the war.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I, really.”29. “We don’t spend very much in this house, really.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”30. “Jennifer is not very pretty, really.” “No, and neither/nor _____ her sister.”31. “We won’t go on holiday this year.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”32. “I don’t like going to pubs.” “Don’t you? Well, neither/nor _____ I, really.”33. “I wouldn’t like to live another life again.” `No, neither/nor _____ I”34. “I am afraid I can’t do this now.” `Well, neither/nor _____ I”35. “I couldn’t send my children to England last summer.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”36. “We won’t be able to go there until next year.” “Well, neither/nor _____ we.”37. “Our daughter is not very good at sports.” “Neither/nor _____ ours.”38. “My brother won’t go to university this year.” “Well, neither/nor _____ mine.”39. “My mother doesn’t like shopping in that supermarket.” “Well, neither/nor _____ mine.”40. “I couldn’t get to the meeting on time.” “Well, neither/nor _____ I”

VERB + OBJECT + INFINITIVE (fill in the gaps)1. “Shall I tell Peter to come to the meeting?” “No, I don’t want (he/come) ______________.2. Your sister, Mary, wants (I/sit down) ______________ next to her in the cinema.3. I told (he/go away) ______________. I didn’t want to speak to him any more.4. Your mother asked (I/buy) ______________ the tickets for the concert tonight.5. He wanted your sister to go to the cinema. He wanted (she/go) ______________ with him.6. They didn’t want (I/come) ______________ to their party. They don’t like me.7. The sergeant ordered the soldiers to aim their rifles. He ordered (they/open) _____________ fire.8. Your mother wants (you/go) ______________ today too, little boy.9. My mum told (we/come) ______________ early. That’s why we came running.10. I want (you/do) ______________ it at once. Do you hear? Is that clear?11. I don’t want (you/stay) ______________ any longer than necessary. You can leave any time you want to.12. I wouldn’t like (you/lose) ______________ all your money. Don’t bet on that horse!13. Mrs. Briggs wanted the girls to play outside. She told (they/play) ___________ in the garden.14. The teacher made (we/come) ______________ on Saturday morning to do the exercises.15. “Do you like that boy?” “Yes, I let (he/sit) ______________ next to me during the church service.16. The teacher made (I/do) ______________ the exercise again. He said it was all wrong.17. I didn’t see them leave the place but I heard (they/close) ______________ the door quietly.18. I don’t know why, but they didn’t want (we/go) ______________ to the party tonight.19. I asked (they/stay) ______________ with us a little longer, but they didn’t want to.


20. My mother asked (I/wash) ______________ my face again this morning. She said it was dirty.21. Do you really want (I/go) ______________? or shall I stay with you tonight?22. Would you like (I/speak) _____________ to him? I will call that boy to my office if you like.23. “Did you tell (he/go) ______________? or did he go away because he wanted to?24. Have you asked (he/come) ______________ to the workers’ meeting tonight?25. Mrs Millbank expects (he/visit) ______________ her every time he comes to London.26. “Have the children seen the film?” “No, I wouldn’t like (they/see) ______________ it.27. “Where are the children?” “I asked (they/go) ______________ to bed early.”28. He advised (I/tell) ______________ not the police. We had better keep it to ourselves.29. The McMillans asked (we/have) ______________ dinner with them on Saturday night.30. What do you want (I/tell) ______________ you? I don”t know anything about it.31. My boss, Mr. Peters, doesn’t allow (anyone/ smoke) ______________ in his office.32. “Did you send the children to the park?” “Yes, I wanted (they/play) __________ in the park.33. “Shall I go with you?” “No, I don’t want (you/ accompany) ___________ me to the doctor’s.34. Children, don’t go near the water. I don’t want (you/go) ______________ too far.35. “Do they want to have it done?” “Well, they didn’t tell (I/do) ______________ it anyway.”36. “What did he tell you?” “He told (I/close) ______________ the doors and windows.37. My grandfather expects (I/visit) ______________ him every week at the old people’s home.38. I would like (those boys/ invite) ______________ me to their party. I’d love to go.39. Do you want (I/ask) ______________ him about it? Perhaps he knows something about it.40. “Shall I buy you the paper on my way to work?” “Yes, I want (you/buy) ______________ it for me every day, please.”

QUESTION TAGS (fill in the gaps)1. Jeremy, come here! You are a very intelligent boy, __________?2. Mary, you had a dog when you were a little girl, __________?3. I met your father and mother yesterday. You have a very nice family, __________?4. If you don't mind, we could go to the cinema together, __________?5. You won't do anything without telling me first, __________?6. The Evans were in Italy for a few days last summer, __________?7. You weren't in Benidorm last summer with your family, __________?8. John, Mary! you ate all the cheese in the fridge, __________?9. You've got one of those little Yorkshire Terrier dogs, __________?10. Your neighbours, the Smiths, haven't got a black cat by any chance, __________?11. You'll come to the party tomorrow night, __________ Charles?12. You won't go to the discotheque with those friends of yours, __________?13. If you knew what really happened you would tell me, __________?14. You wouldn't go away without letting me know first, __________?15. You haven't been to see the bank manager yet, __________ Mr. Davis?16. “They got lost on their way there.” “But they had been here before, __________?17. He drove the lorry! But he had never driven a lorry before, __________?18. I know that you are learning French, but you can't speak it yet, __________ Mary?19. Your younger sister Marian can speak Italian, __________?20. There are not many people at the meeting today, __________?21. This park is very dark. There are too many trees, __________?22. Let's go to a Chinese Restaurant. You like Chinese food, __________?23. I believe that vegetarians never eat meat or fish, __________?24. You didn't come in time to see the newsreel, __________ Bernard?25. You arrived too late to hear the President's speech, __________?26. You'll do what I told you yesterday as soon as you can, __________, Lucy?27. You won't go to Jennifer's party next Saturday, __________, Charles?28. You wouldn't buy that house if it was haunted, __________, Robert?29. I suppose that you would tell me if you knew something, __________, Mr. Lee?30. You haven't eaten all the food on your plates, __________, children?31. You have drunk all the champagne in the bottle, __________, Margaret?32. When you arrived at the rendez-vous they had already gone, __________, Mark?33. The children hadn't arrived from school when I rang up, __________, Mary?34. You could speak Chinese when you were a child, __________, Chang?35. Your sister couldn't cook when she got married, __________, Johnny?36. There isn't much coffee left in the coffee-pot, __________, Mrs. Barrington?37. There is still a lot of tea left in the kitchen cupboard, __________, Mum?38. You made your own bed every day when you were in the army, __________, Ernie?39. You don't usually cook your own dinner, __________, Mr. Longmans?40. Well, soldiers are supposed to obey orders when they are in the army, __________?


REPASO COMPARATIVOS

ADVERBS AND ADJECTIVES Comparative Form

The comparative form of one-syllable adjectives and adverbs adds -er.cold-colder soon-soonersmart-smarter fast-faster

The comparative form of adjectives and adverbs of more than one syllable usually uses more.difficult-more difficult quickly-more quicklybeautiful-more beautiful carefully-more carefully

Some adjectives and adverbs are irregular.good-better well-betterbad-worse badly-worse

The comparative form of adjectives and adverbs is followed by than.She is taller than her sister.He drives more carefully than his brother does.

A. Complete these sentences by supplying the comparative form of the adjective or adverb in parentheses. Be sure to includethe word than.

1. He is (young) _______________ I am.(He is younger than I am.)

2. Carmen is much (old) _______________expected.3. Alaska is (big) _______________ Delaware.4. This book is (good) _______________the last one we used.5. The weather this winter is (bad) _______________ the weather last winter.6. This exercise is (easy) _______________ the last one.7. This metal is (valuable) _______________ gold.8. Jane is (attractive) _______________ her sister.9. He goes there (often) _______________10. They go to the movies (frequent) _______________ you.11. I get up every morning much (early) _______________ you.

ADVERBS AND ADJECTIVES (Graded Exercises in English p. 62) Comparative Form

B. Complete these sentences by supplying the comparative form of the adjectives or adverbs in parentheses. Be sure toinclude the word than.1. She speaks (rapid) ____________________ I.

(She speaks more rapidly than I.)2. He prepares his homework (careful) ____________________ most students.3. She works (hard) ____________________ her sister.4. We stayed (long) ____________________ we expected.5. Our troops fought (brave) ____________________ anyone expected.6. The time passed (quick) ____________________ I expected.7. The speaker spoke (loud) ____________________ was really necessary.8. They arrived (soon) ____________________ we.9. The weather today is (warm) ____________________ the weather yesterday.10. John’s car was much (expensive) ____________________ my car.11. This contract is (satisfactory) ____________________ the previous one.12. This street is even (wide) ____________________ the highway.13. These exercises are (difficult) ____________________ some of the others.14. The climate of Caracas is (good) ____________________ that of Maracaibo.15. Lil is much (clever) ____________________ her brother.16. This summer is (hot) ____________________ last summer.17. She spoke (rapid) ____________________ expected.

ADVERBS AND ADJECTIVES (Graded Exercises in English p. 63) Superlative Form


The superlative form of one-syllable adjectives and adverbs adds -est.cold-coldest soon-soonestsmart-smartest fast-fastest

The superlative form of adjectives and adverbs of more than one syllable usually uses most.difficult-most difficult quickly-most quicklybeautiful-most beautiful carefully-most carefully

Some adjectives and adverbs are irregular.good-best well-bestbad-worst badly-worst

The superlative form of all adjectives and adverbs is preceded by the.She is the tallest girl in the class.He drives the most carefully of anyone in the family.

Supply the superlative form of the adjective or adverb in parentheses. Be sure to use the word the.1. She speaks (rapidly) ____________________ of any of my friends.

(She speaks the most rapidly of any of my friends.)2. This is (expensive) ____________________ book that I own.3. George is (bad) ____________________ student in the class.4. The Herald is (important) ____________________ newspaper in the town.5. Robin works (hard) ____________________ of all the ballerinas in the troupe.6. He is (ambitious) ____________________ boy that I know.7. Of the three brothers, Malcolm wakes up (early) ____________________ .8. Rebecca swims (gracefully) ____________________ of all the team members.9. She is (intelligent) ____________________ person that I know.10. The story which you told was (funny) ____________________ of all.11. January is (cold) ____________________ month of the year.12. Which is (good) ____________________ route from Miami to New York?

AS ... AS

As ... as expresses equality of comparison. The phrase may be used with both adverbs and adjectives.

She is as tall as he (is).He is as old as I am.She works as rapidly as he (does).He can run as fast as I can.

Supply the phrase as ... as. Also change all adjectives to their corresponding adverb forms where necessary.

13. Reggie is (tall) _______________ his brother.(Reggie is as tall as his brother.)

14. Our apartment is (large) _______________ yours.15. This street is (wide) _______________ Broadway.16. Stephen is not (intelligent) _______________ his sister.17. I don t get up every morning (early) _______________ my parents.18. She sings (beautiful) _______________ she plays.19. We came (quick) _______________ we could.20. We drove there (fast) _______________ we could.21. He doesn’t speak English (good) _______________ his sister.22. Helen doesn’t prepare her homework (careful) _______________ she should.23. He doesn’t attend class (regular) _______________ he should.24. He didn’t arrive (early) _______________ we expected.25. Sharon can do the work (easy) _______________ I.26. He doesn’t work (hard) _______________ the other students.27. I came (soon) _______________ possible.28. I don’t believe that it is (cold) _______________ today it was yesterday.29. Her pronunciation is not (good) _______________ yours.30. We visit them (often) _______________ we can.


Comparison (1)--cheaper, more expensive etc.A. Look at these examples:How shall we travel? By car or by train?Let’s go by car. It’s cheaper.Don’t go by train. It’s more expensive.Cheaper and more expensive are comparative forms.After comparatives you can use than (see also Unit 106):* It’s cheaper to go by car than by train.* Going by train is more expensive than going by car.

B. The comparative form is ~er or more ...We use ~er for short words (one syllable):cheap -> cheaper, fast-> faster, large -> larger, thin -> thinnerWe also use ~er for two-syllable words that end in -y (-y -> -ier):lucky -> luckier, early -> earlier, easy -> easier, pretty -> prettierFor spelling, see Appendix 6.Compare these examples:* You’re older than me.* The exam was quite easy - easier than we expected.* Can you walk a bit faster?* I’d like to have a bigger car.* Last night I went to bed earlier than usual.We use more ... for longer words (two syllables or more):more modern, more serious, more expensive, more comfortableWe use more ... for adverbs that end in -1y:more slowly, more seriously, more quietly, more carefullyAlso: more oftenbut: earlier (not ‘more early’)* You’re more patient than me.* The exam was quite difficult - more difficult than we expected.* Can you walk a bit more slowly?* I’d like to have a more reliable car.* I don’t play tennis much these days. I used to play more often.You can use ~er or more ... with some two-syllable adjectives, especially:quiet, clever, narrow, shallow, simple* It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere quieter/more quiet?

C. These adjectives and adverbs have irregular comparative forms:good/well -> better:* The garden looks better since you tidied it up.* I know him well - probably better than anybody else.bad/badly -> worse:* ‘Is your headache better?’ ‘No, it’s worse.’* He did very badly in the exam - worse than expected.far --> further (or farther):* It’s a long walk from here to the station - further than I thought.(or ...farther than ...) Further (but not ‘farther’) can alsomean ‘more’ or ‘additional’:* Let me know if you hear any further news. (= any more news)

EXERCISES104.1 Complete the sentences using a comparative form (older/more important etc.).1. It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere quieter?2. This coffee is very weak. I like it a bit _______________.3. The hotel was surprisingly big. I expected it to be _______________.4. The hotel was surprisingly cheap. I expected it to be _______________.5. The weather is too cold in this country. I’d like to live somewhere _______________.6. My job is a bit boring sometimes. I’d like to do something _______________.7. I was surprised how easy it was to use the computer. I thought it would be _______________.8. Your work isn’t very good. I’m sure you can do _______________.9. Don’t worry. The situation isn’t so bad. It could be _______________.10. 1 was surprised we got here so quickly. I expected the journey to take _______________.11. You’re talking very loudly. Can you speak a bit _______________.


12. You hardly ever phone me. Why don’t you phone me _______________.13. You’re standing too near the camera. Can you move a bit _______________ away?14. You were a bit depressed yesterday but you look _______________ today.

104.2 Complete the sentences. Each time use the comparative form of one of the words in the list. Use than wherenecessary.big crowded early easily high important interested peaceful reliable serious simple thin1. I was feeling tired last night, so I went to bed earlier than usual.2. I’d like to have a more reliable car. The one I’ve got keeps breaking down.3. Unfortunately her illness was _______________ we thought at first.4. You look _______________ Have you lost weight?5. I want a _______________ flat. We don’t have enough space here.6. He doesn’t study very hard. He’s _______________ in having a good time.7. Health and happiness are _______________ money.8. The instructions were very complicated. They could have been _______________.9. There were a lot of people on the bus. It was _______________ usual.10. I like living in the countryside. It’s _______________ living in a town.11. You’ll find your way around the town _______________ if you have a good map.12. In some parts of the country, prices are _______________ in others.104.3 Read the situations and complete the sentences. Use a comparative form (~er or more ...).1. Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees. Today it’s only six degrees.It’s colder today than it was yesterday.2. The journey takes four hours by car and five hours by train.It takes _______________.3. Dave and I went for a run. I ran ten kilometres. Dave stopped after eight kilometres.I ran _______________.4. Chris and Joe both did badly in the exam. Chris got 20 % but Joe only got 15 %.Joe did _______________.5. I expected my friends to arrive at about 4 o’clock. In fact they arrived at 2.30.My friends _______________.6. You can go by bus or by train. The buses run every 30 minutes. The trains run every hour.The buses _______________.7. We were very busy at work today. We’re not usually as busy as that.We _______________.

Comparison (2)A. Before comparatives you can use:much, a lot, far (=a lot), a bit, a little, slightly (= a little)* Let’s go by car. It’s much cheaper. (or It’s a lot cheaper.)* Don’t go by train. It’s a lot more expensive. (or It’s much more expensive.)* Could you speak a bit more slowly? (or ... speak a little more slowly?)* This bag is slightly heavier than the other one.* Her illness was far more serious than we thought at first. (or ... much more serious ... or ... a lot more serious ...)

B. You can use any and no + comparatives (any longer/no bigger etc.):* I’ve waited long enough. I’m not waiting any longer. (= not even a little longer)* We expected their house to be very big but it’s no bigger than ours. (or it isn’t any bigger than ours.)* Yesterday you said you felt ill. Do you feel any better today?* This hotel is better than the other one and it’s no more expensive.

C. Harder and harder/more and more/more and more difficult etc.We repeat comparatives like this ( ... and ...) to say that something is changing continuously:* It’s becoming harder and harder to find a job.* It’s becoming more and more difficult to find a job.* Your English is improving. It’s getting better and better.* These days more and more people are learning English.

D. The ... the betterStudy these examples:* ‘What time shall we leave?’ ‘The sooner the better.’ (= as soon as possible)* ‘What sort of box do you want? A big one?’ ‘Yes, the bigger the better.’ (= as big as possible)* When you’re travelling, the less luggage you have to carry the better. (= it is best to have as little luggage as possible)We also use the ... the ... (with two comparatives) to say that one thing depends on another thing:


* The warmer the weather, the better I feel. (= if the weather is warmer, I feel better)* The sooner we leave, the sooner we will arrive.* The younger you are, the easier it is to learn.* The more expensive the hotel, the better the service.* The more electricity you use, the higher your bill will be.* The more I thought about the plan, the less I liked it.E. Older and elderThe comparative of old is older:* Tom looks older than he really is.You can use elder (or older) when you talk about people in a family. You can say (my) elder brother/sister/son/daughter:* My elder brother is a pilot. (or My older brother ...)We say ‘my elder brother’ but we do not say that ‘somebody is elder ...’:* My brother is older than me. (not ‘elder than me’)

EXERCISES105.1 Use the words in brackets to complete the sentences. Use much/a bit etc. + a comparative form. Use than wherenecessary.1. Her illness was much more serious than we thought at first. (much/serious)2. This bag is too small. I need something _______________. (much/big)3. I’m afraid the problem is _______________ it seems. (much/complicated)4. You looked depressed this morning but you look _______________ now. (a bit/happy)5. I enjoyed our visit to the museum. It was _______________ I expected. (far/Interesting)6. You’re driving too fast. Could you drive _______________ ? ( a bit/slowly)7. It’s _______________ to learn a foreign language in the country where it is spoken. (a lot/easy)8. I thought she was younger than me but in fact she’s _______________ (slightly/old)

105.2 Complete the sentences using any/no + a comparative. Use than where necessary.1. I’m fed up with waiting. I’m not waiting any longer.2. I’m sorry I’m a bit late but I couldn’t get here _______________.3. This shop isn’t expensive. The prices are _______________ anywhere else.4. I must stop for a rest. I can’t walk _______________.5. The traffic isn’t particularly bad today. It’s _______________ usual.

105.3 Complete the sentences using the structure in Section C ( ... and ...)1. It’s becoming harder and harder to find a job. (hard)2. That hole in your pullover is getting _______________. (big)3. My bags seemed to get _______________ as I carried them. (heavy)4. As I waited for my interview, I became _______________. (nervous)5. As the day went on, the weather got _______________. (bad)6. Travelling is becoming _______________. (expensive)7. Since she has been in Britain, her English has got _______________. (good)8. As the conversation went on, he became _______________. (talkative)

105.4 These sentences are like those in Section D. Use the word(s) in brackets (in the correct form) to complete thesentences.1. I like warm weather. The warmer the weather, the better I feel. (feel)2. I didn’t really like him when we first met.But the more I got to know him, _______________. (like)3 If you’re in business, you want to make a profit.The more goods you sell, _______________. (profit)4 It’s hard to concentrate when you’re tired.The more tired you are, _______________. (hard)5. She had to wait a very long time.The longer she waited, _______________. (impatient/become)

105.5 Which is correct, older or elder? Or both of them?1. My _older/elder_ brother is a pilot. (older and elder are both correct)2. I’m surprised Diane is only 25. I thought she was _older/elder._3. Ann’s younger sister is still at school. Her _older/elder_ sister is a nurse.4 Martin is _older/elder_ than his brother.

Comparison (3)--as ... as/thanA. Study this example situation:


Shirley, Henry and Arthur are all millionaires. They are all very rich.Shirley has 10 million pounds, Henry has 8 million pounds and Arthur has 2 million pounds. So:Henry is rich.He is richer than Arthur.But he isn’t as rich as Shirley. (= Shirley is richer than he is)Some more examples of not as ... (as):* Tom isn’t as old as he looks. (= he looks older than he is)* The city centre wasn’t as crowded this morning as it usually is. (= it is usually more crowded)* jenny didn’t do as well in the exam as she had hoped. (= she had hoped to do better)* ‘The weather is better today, isn’t it?’ ‘Yes, it’s not as cold.’ (= yesterday was colder)* I don’t know as many people as you do. (= you know more people)You can also say ‘not so. (as)’:* It’s not warm but it isn’t so cold as yesterday. (= ... it isn’t as cold as ...)Less ... (than) is similar to not as ... (as):* I spent less money than you. (= I didn’t spend as much money ...)* The city centre was less crowded than usual. (= it wasn’t as crowded ...)

B. You can use as ... as (but not ‘so ... as’) in positive sentences and in questions:* I’m sorry I’m late. I got here as fast as I could.* There’s plenty of food. You can have as much as you like.* Let’s walk. It’s just as quick as taking the bus.* Can you send me the money as soon as possible, please?Also: twice as ... as, three times as ... as etc.:* Petrol is twice as expensive as it was a few years ago.* Their house is about three times as big as ours.

C. We say the same as (not ‘the same like’):* Ann’s salary is the same as mine. or Ann gets the same salary as me.* Tom is the same age as George.* ‘What would you like to drink?’ ‘I’ll have the same as you.’

D. Than me/than I am etc.We usually say:* You are taller than me. (not ‘than I’)* He is not as clever as her. (not ‘as she’)After than/as it is more usual to say me/him/her/them/us when there is no verb. Compare:* You are taller than I am. but You are taller than me.* They have more money than we have. but They have more money than us.* I can’t run as fast as he can. but I can’t run as fast as him.

EXERCISES106.1 Complete the sentences using as ... as.1. I’m quite tall but you are taller. I’m not _as tell as you._2. My salary is high but yours is higher. My salary isn’t _______________.3. You know a bit about cars but I know more. You don’t _______________.4. It’s still cold but it was colder yesterday. It isn’t _______________.5. I still feel a bit tired but I felt a lot more tired yesterday. I don’t _______________.6. They’ve lived here for quite a long time but we’ve lived here longer. They haven’t _______________.7. I was a bit nervous before the interview but usually I’m a lot more nervous. I wasn’t _______________.

106.2 Rewrite these sentences so that they have the same meaning.1. Jack is younger than he looks. Jack isn’t _as old as he looks._2. 1 didn’t spend as much money as you. You _spent more money than me._3. The station was nearer than I thought. The station wasn’t _______________.4. The meal didn’t cost as much as I expected. The meal _______________.5. I go out less than I used to. I don’t _______________.6. Her hair isn’t as long as it used to be. She used to _______________.7. 1 know them better than you do. You don’t _______________.8. There were fewer people at this meeting than at the last one.There weren’t _______________.

106.3 Complete the sentences using as ... as. Choose one of the following:bad, comfortable, fast, long, often, quietly, soon, well, well-qualified,


1. I’m sorry I’m a bit late. I got here _as fast as_ I could.2. It was a difficult question. I answered it _______________ I could.3. ‘How long can I stay with you?’ ‘You can stay _______________ you like.’4. I need the information quickly, so please let me know _______________ possible.5. I like to keep fit, so I go swimming _______________ I can.6. I didn’t want to wake anybody, so I came in _______________ I could.In the following sentences use just as ... as.7. I’m going to sleep on the floor. It’s _______________ sleeping in that hard bed.8. Why did he get the job rather than me? I’m _______________ him.9. At first I thought you were nice but really you’re _______________ everybody else.

106.4 Write sentences using the same as.1. Sally and Kate are both 22 years old. _Sally is the same age as Kate._2. You and I both have dark brown hair. Your hair _______________.3. I arrived at 10.25 and so did you. I _______________.4. My birthday is 5 April. Tom’s birthday is 5 April too. My _______________.

106.5 Complete the sentences with than ... or as ...1. I can’t reach as high as you. You are taller _than me._2. He doesn’t know much. I know more _______________.3. I don’t work particularly hard. Most people work as hard _______________.4. We were very surprised. Nobody was more surprised _______________.5. She’s not a very good player. I’m a better player _______________.6. They’ve been very lucky. I wish we were as lucky _______________.

Superlatives--the longest/the most enjoyable etc.A. Study these examples:What is the longest river in the world?What was the most enjoyable holiday you’ve ever had?Longest and most enjoyable are superlative forms.

B. The superlative form is ~est or most ... In general, we use ~est for short words and most ... forlonger words. (The rules are the same as those for the comparative - see Unit 104.)long -> longest, hot -> hottest, easy -> easiest, hard -> hardestbut most famous, most boring most difficult, most expensiveThese adjectives are irregular:good -> best, bad -> worst, far -> furthestFor spelling, see Appendix 6.

C. We normally use the before a superlative (the longest/the most famous etc.):* Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.* That film was really boring. It was the most boring film I’ve ever seen.* She is a really nice person - one of the nicest people I know.* Why does he always come to see me at the worst possible moment? Compare:* This hotel is the cheapest in town. (superlative)* This hotel is cheaper than all the others in town. (comparative)

D. Oldest and eldestThe superlative of old is oldest:* That church is the oldest building in the town. (not ‘the eldest’)We use eldest (or oldest) when we are talking about people in a family:* My eldest son is 13 years old. (or My oldest son. )* Are you the eldest in your family? (or. the oldest.

E. After superlatives we use in with places (towns, buildings etc.):* What is the longest river in the world? (not ‘of the world’)* We had a lovely room. It was one of the nicest in the hotel. (not ‘of the hotel’)We also use in for organisations and groups of people (a class/team/company etc.):* Who is the best student in the class? (not ‘of the class’)We normally use of for a period of time:* What was the happiest day of your life?* Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.


F. We often use the present perfect (I have done) after a superlative (see also Unit 8A):* What’s the best film you’ve ever seen?* That was the most delicious meal I’ve had for a long time.

G. Sometimes we use most + adjective to mean ‘very’:* The book you lent me was most interesting. (= very interesting)* Thank you for the money. It was most generous of you. (= very generous)

EXERCISES107.1 Complete the sentences. Use a superlative (~est or most ... ) + a preposition.1 It’s a very nice room. It _is the nicest room in_ the hotel.2. It’s a very cheap restaurant. It’s _______________ the town.3. It was a very happy day. It was _______________ my life.4. She’s a very intelligent student. She _______________ the class.5. It’s a very valuable painting. It _______________ the gallery.6. Spring is a very busy time for me. It _______________ the year.In the following sentences use one of + a superlative + a preposition.7 It’s a very nice room. It _is one of the nicest rooms in_ the hotel.8. He’s a very rich man. He’s one _______________ the world.9. It’s a very old castle. It _______________ Britain.10. She’s a very good player. She _______________ the team.11. It was a very bad experience. It _______________ my life.12. He’s a very dangerous criminal. He _______________ the country.

107.2 Complete the sentences. Use a superlative (~est or most ...) or a comparative (~er or more ...).1. We stayed at _the cheapest_ hotel in the town. (cheap)2. Our hotel was _cheaper_ than all the others in the town. (cheap)3. The United States is very large but Canada is _______________. (large)4. What’s _______________ river in the world? (long)5. He was a bit depressed yesterday but he looks _______________ today. (happy)6. It was an awful day. It was _______________ day of my life. (bad)7. What is _______________ sport in your country? (popular)8. Everest is _______________ mountain in the world. It is than any other mountain. (high)9. We had a great holiday. It was one of the _______________ holidays we’ve ever had. (enjoyable)10. I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s _______________. (comfortable)11. What’s _______________ way of getting from here to the station? (quick)12. Mr and Mrs Brown have got three daughters _______________ is 14 years old. (old)

107.3 What do you say in these situations? Use a superlative + ... ever ... Use the words given in brackets (in thecorrect form).1. You’ve just been to the cinema. The film was extremely boring. You tell your friend: (boring/film/see)_That’s the most boring film I’ve ever seen._2. Your friend has just told you a joke, which you think is very funny. You say: (funny/joke/hear) That’s---.3. You’re drinking coffee with a friend. It’s really good coffee. You say: (good/coffee/taste) This _______________.4. You are talking to a friend about Mary. Mary is very patient. You tell your friend about her: (patient/person/meet) She_______________.5. You have just run ten kilometres. You’ve never run further than this. You say to your friend: (far/run)That _______________.6. You decided to give up your job. Now you think this was a bad mistake. You say to your friend:(bad/mistake/make) It _______________.7. Your friend meets a lot of people, some of them famous. You ask your friend:(famous/person/meet?) Who _______________ ?

COMPARATIVE STRUCTURES • AS ... AS • MORE AND MORE (Fill in the gaps)1. Traffic on the roads is getting (bad) ________ and ________ every day.2. The (expensive) ________ he bought it the (cheap) ________ he sold it. I couldn't understand it.3. The whole affair is getting ________ and ________ complicated.4. This man is making a fortune. He's getting (rich) ________ and ________ every day.5. The (easy) ________ you ________ it the ________ it becomes. (practise)6. I am not ________ rich ________ you are, but I am ________ intelligent ________ you are.7. That man is very ambitious. The ________ he has the ________ he wants.


8. Many other nations don't work ________ hard ________ we do in this country.9. The ________ money he had the (mean) ________ the old man became.10. You can eat and drink ________ much ________ you like. It's all free.11. I don't know but this case seems to be becoming (heavy) ________ and ________.12. Carmen speaks English ________ and ________ fluently every day.13. The hole in the wall is getting (big) ________ and ________.14. This man is very lazy. He works (little) ________ and ________ every day.15. This girl is getting (pretty) ________ and ________ every day.16. The aeroplane flew (high) ________ and ________ above the clouds.17. My children learn ________ and ________ things at school every day.18. The (cheap) ________ he bought things, the ________ expensive he sold them.19. The ________ I learn the ________ I realize I know.20. Sometimes it seems that the (fast) ________ you run the (less) ________ you advance.21. You eat too much. The ________ you eat the (fat) ________ you get.22. In summer the (hot) ________ it is, the ________ people drink.23. In winter the (cold) ________ it is the ________ clothes people wear.24. It was spring and the days were getting (long) ________ and ________.25. Winter was approaching and days were getting (short) ________ and ________.26. This boy of yours is getting (tall) ________ and ________ every day.27. This little girl is getting ________ and ________ curious every day.28. That athlete runs (fast) ________ and ________ every day.29. Things are getting (easy) ________ and ________ every day thank goodness!30. I'm afraid that things are getting ________ and ________ difficult as time passes.31. Many countries are getting (poor) ________ and ________ every year.32. I work 12 hours a day, but incredibly enough the _______ I work the _______ money I have.33. Unfortunately, sometimes the ________ you try to do something the ________ you achieve.34. Usually, the ________ an athlete trains the ________ tired he gets.35. The (long) ________ the days, the ________ time you can spend walking about.36. “It's nice and warm.” “Yes, the weather is getting (warm) ________ and ________.37. The (short) ________ the nights are the ________ time one spends in bed.38. It's incredible, the ________ I sleep the ________ I get.39. That girl's English is not ________ good ________ her brother's.40. Usually the ________ money people earn the ________ they spend.

TIEMPOS VERBALES

Present continuous and present simple (1) (I am doing and I do)A. Study the explanations and compare the examples:Present continuous (I am doing)Use the continuous for something that is happening at or around the time of speaking. The action is not finished.I am doing (now)* The water is boiling. Can you turn it off?* Listen to those people. What language are they speaking?* Let's go out. It isn't raining now.* 'Don't disturb me. I'm busy.' 'Why? What are you doing?'* I'm going to bed now. Goodnight!* María is in Britain at the moment. She's learning English.

Use the continuous for a temporary situation:* I'm living with some friends until I find a flat.* 'You're working hard today.' 'Yes, I've got a lot to do.'

Present simple (I do)Use the simple for things in general or things that happen repeatedly. (I do)* Water boils at 100 degrees celsius.* Excuse me, do you speak English?* It doesn't rain very much in summer.* What do you usually do at weekends?* What do you do? (= What's your job?)* I always go to bed before midnight.* Most people learn to swim when they are children.

Use the simple for a permanent situation:


* My parents live in London. They have lived there all their lives.* John isn't lazy. He works very hard most of the time.

B. I always do and I'm always doingUsually we say 'I always do something' (= I do it every time):* I always go to work by car. (not 'I'm always going')

You can also say 'I'm always doing something', but this has a different meaning. For example:I've lost my key again. I'm always losing things.'I'm always losing things' does not mean that I lose things every time. It means that I lose things too often, more often thannormal.'You're always ~ing' means that you do something very often, more often than the speaker thinks is normal or reasonable.* You're always watching television. You should do something more active.* John is never satisfied. He's always complaining.

EXERCISES

3.1 Are the underlined verbs right or wrong? Correct the verbs that are wrong.1. Water boils at 100 degrees celsius. RIGHT2. The water boils. Can you turn it off? WRONG: is boilling3. Look! That man tries to open the door of your car.4. Can you hear those people? What do they talk about?5. The moon goes round the earth.6. I must go now. It gets late.7. I usually go to work by car.8. 'Hurry up! It's time to leave.' 'OK, I come.'9. I hear you've got a new job. How do you get on?

3.2 Put the verb in the correct form, present continuous or present simple.1. Let's go out. It isn't raining (not/rain) now.2. Julia is very good at languages. She speaks (speak) four languages very well.3. Hurry up! Everybody (wait) _______________ for you.4. '_______________ (you/listen) to the radio?' 'No, you can turn it off.'5. '(you/listen) _______________ to the radio every day?' 'No, just occasionally.'6. The River Nile(flow) _______________ into the Mediterranean.7. Look at the river. It(flow) _______________ very fast today - much faster than usual.8. We usually(grow) _______________ vegetables in our garden but this year we (not/grow) _______________ any.9. 'How is your English?' 'Not bad. It(improve) _______________ slowly.'10. Ron is in London at the moment. He(stay) _______________ at the Park Hotel. He (always/stay) _______________

there when he's in London.11. Can we stop walking soon? I(start) _______________ to feel tired.12. 'Can you drive?' 'I(learn) _______________. My father(teach) _______________ me.'13. Normally I(finish) _______________ work at 5.00, but this week I(work) _______________ until 6.00 to earn a bit

more money.14. My parents(live) _______________ in Bristol. They were born there and have never lived anywhere else. Where(your

parents/live) _______________?15. Sonia(look) _______________ for a place to live. She(stay) _______________ with her sister until she finds

somewhere.16. 'What(your father/do) _______________?' 'He's an architect but he(not/work) _______________ at the moment.'17. (at a party) Usually I (enjoy) _______________ parties but I(not/enjoy) _______________ this one very much. 18. The train is never late. It(always/leave) _______________ on time.19. Jim is very untidy. He(always/leave) _______________ his things all over the place.

3.3 Finish B's sentences. Use always ~ing (see Section B).1. A: I'm afraid I've lost my key again.

B: Not again! You're always losing your key.2. A: The car has broken down again.

B: That car is useless! It _______________ 3. A: Look! You've made the same mistake again.

B: Oh no, not again! I _______________ 4. A: Oh, I've left the lights on again.

B: Typical! You _______________


UNIT 19. Present tenses (I am doing/I do) for the future (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)A. Present continuous (I am doing) with a future meaningStudy this example situation:This is Tom’s diary for next week.He is playing tennis on Monday afternoon.He is going to the dentist on Tuesday morning.He is having dinner with Ann on Friday.In all these examples, Tom has already decided and arranged to do these things.Use the present continuous to say what you have already arranged to do. Do not use the presentsimple J do):* A: What are you doing on Saturday evening? (not ‘what do you do’)

B: I’m going to the theatre. (not ‘I go’)* A: What time is Cathy arriving tomorrow?

B: At 10.30. I’m meeting her at the station.* I’m not working tomorrow, so we can go out somewhere.* Ian isn’t playing football on Saturday. He’s hurt his leg.‘(I’m) going to (do)’ is also possible in these sentences:* What are you going to do on Saturday evening?But the present continuous is more natural for arrangements. See also Unit 20B.Do not use will to talk about what you have arranged to do:* What are you doing this evening? (not ‘what will you do’)* Alex is getting married next month. (not ‘will get’)

B. Present simple (I do) with a future meaningWe use the present simple when we talk about timetables, programmes etc. (for example, for publictransport, cinemas etc.):* The train leaves Plymouth at 11.30 and arrives in London at 14.45.* What time does the film begin?* It’s Wednesday tomorrow.You can use the present simple for people if their plans are fixed like a timetable:* I start my new job on Monday.* What time do you finish work tomorrow?But the continuous is more usual for personal arrangements:* What time are you meeting Ann tomorrow? (not ‘do you meet’)Compare:* What time are you leaving tomorrow?but * What time does the train leave tomorrow?* I’m going to the cinema this evening.but * The film starts at 8.15 (this evening).

EXERCISES19.1 A friend of yours is planning to go on holiday soon. You ask her about her plans. Use the wordsin brackets to make your questions.1. (where/go?) Where are you going? Scotland.2. (how long/stay?) Ten days.3. (when/go?) Next Friday.4. (go/alone?) No, with a friend of mine.5. (travel/by car?) No, by train.6. (where/stay?) In a hotel.19.2 Tom wants you to visit him but you are very busy. Look at your diary for the next few days andexplain to him why you can’t come.TOM: Can you come on Monday evening?You: Sorry but I’m playing volleyball. (1)TOM: What about Tuesday evening then?You: No, not Tuesday I _______________ (2)TOM: And Wednesday evening?YOU: _______________ (3)TOM: Well, are you free on Thursday?YOU: I’m afraid not. _______________ (4)19.3 Have you arranged to do anything at these times? Write (true) sentences about yourself.1. (this evening) I’m going out this evening. or I’m not doing anything this evening. or I don’t know whatI’m doing this evening.


2. (tomorrow morning) I _______________ 3. (tomorrow evening)4. (next Sunday)5. (choose another day or time)19.4 Put the verb into the more suitable form, present continuous or present simple.1. I’m going (go) to the theatre this evening.2. Does the film begin (the film/begin) at 3.30 or 4.30?3. We _______________ (have) a party next Saturday. Would you like to come?4. The art exhibition _______________ (open) on 3 May and _______________ (finish) on 15 July.5. I _______________ (not/go) out this evening. I _______________ (stay) at home.6. ‘_______________ (you/do) anything tomorrow morning?’ ‘No, I’m free. Why?’7. We _______________ (go) to a concert tonight. It _______________ (begin) at 7.30.8. You are on the train to London and you ask another passenger:Excuse me. What time _______________ (this train/get) to London?9. You are talking to Ann:Ann, I _______________ (go) to town. _______________ (you/come) with me?10. Sue _______________ (come) to see us tomorrow. She _______________ (travel) by train and her train_______________ (arrive) at 10.15. I _______________ (meet) her at the station.11. I _______________ (not/use) the car this evening, so you can have it.12. You and a friend are watching television. You say:I’m bored with this programme. When _______________ (it/finish)?

UNIT 23. I will and I’m going to (English Grammar in use-Appendix)A. Future actionsStudy the difference between will and going to:Sue is talking to Helen:SUE: Let’s have a partyHELLEN: That’s a great idea. We’ll invite lots of people.will (‘ll): We use will when we decide to do something at the time of speaking. The speaker has notdecided before. The party is a new idea.Later that day, Helen meets Dave:HELLEN: Sue and I have decided to have a party. We’re going to invite lots of people.going to: We use (be) going to when we have already decided to do something. Helen had alreadydecided to Invite lots of people before she spoke to Dave.Compare:* ‘George phoned while you were out.’ ‘OK. I’ll phone him back.’but * ‘George phoned while you were out.’ ‘Yes, I know. I’m going to phone him back.’* ‘Ann is in hospital.’ ‘Oh really? I didn’t know. I’ll go and visit her.’but * ‘Ann is in hospital.’ ‘Yes, I know. I’m going to visit her tomorrow.’B. Future happenings and situations (predicting the future)Sometimes there is not much difference between will and going to. For example, you can say:* I think the weather will be nice later.* I think the weather is going to be nice later.When we say ‘something is going to happen’, we know (or think) this because of the situation now.For example:* Look at those black clouds. It’s going to rain. (not ‘it will rain’ - we can see the clouds now)* I feel terrible. I think I’m going to be sick. (not ‘I think I’ll be sick’ - I feel terrible now)Do not use will in situations like these.In other situations, it is safer to use will:* Tom will probably arrive at about 8 o’clock.* I think Ann will like the present we bought for her.

EXERCISES23.1 Complete the sentences using will (‘ll) or going to.1. A: Why are you turning on the television?B: I’m going to watch the news. (I/watch)2. A: Oh, I’ve just realised. I haven’t got any money.B: Haven’t you? Well, don’t worry. _______________ you some. (I/lend)3. A: I’ve got a headache.B: Have you? Wait there and _______________ an aspirin for you. (I/get)4. A: Why are you filling that bucket with water?B: _______________ the car. (I/wash)5. A: I’ve decided to repaint this room.


B: Oh, have you? What colour _______________ it? (you/paint)6. A: Where are you going? Are you going shopping?B: Yes, _______________ something for dinner. (I/buy)7. A: I don’t know how to use this camera.B: It’s quite easy. _______________ you. (I/show)8. A: What would you like to eat?B: _______________ a sandwich, please. (I/have)9. A: Did you post that letter for me?B: Oh, I’m sorry. I completely forgot _______________ it now. (I/do)10. A: The ceiling in this room doesn’t took very safe, does it?B: No, it looks as if _______________ down. (it/fall)11. A: Has George decided what to do when he leaves school?B: Oh, yes. Everything is planned. _______________ a holiday for a few weeks and then _______________ a computerprogramming course. (he/have, he/do)

Present tenses tor the future and will/shallComplete the sentences using the verbs given.1. Tom has had to give up playing football since he broke (break) _______________ his ankle.2. Where are you going (go) _______________ for your holiday next year?3. How often (visit) _______________ your cousins when you (be) _______________ in the States last year?4. I (not / pay) _______________ for my ticket yet. How much (owe) _______________ you?5. The hotel manager called the police when he (discover) _______________ that a guest (leave) _______________

without paying his bill.6. I don't know what (happen) _______________ to Sharon. She (be) _______________ such a hard worker, but now she

(lose) _______________ interest in everything.7. We (have) _______________ a fire in the office last week. Everything (go) _______________ very well up till then,

but we (sort) _______________ out the mess ever since, as you can imagine.8. My grandmother was a wonderful woman. She (spend) _______________ most of her life teaching adults who (miss)

_______________ the opportunity to go to school when they (be) _______________ children and (never / learn)_______________ to read.

9. I (always / want) _______________ to visit Japan, and now I (have) _______________ the chance, I (decide)_______________ to take it.

Present tenses for the future and will/shall (I do, I am doing and I'll do)Choose the correct form of the verbs.A BEN: Are you busy this week, Sam?

SAM: Not particularly. (I) I revise / I'm revising until Wednesday because I've got an exam, but (2) that only lasts /that is only lasting until midday and then I'm free.

B PAT: Oh dear, I've spilt my coffee.ALAN: (3) I get / I’ll get a cloth.

C WILL: What time (4) does your evening class finish / is your evening class finishing?LIZ: Half past nine.WILL: (5) Shall I come / Do I come and collect you?LIZ: Thanks, but (6) I meet / I'm meeting my sister for a drink.

D MIKE: Mum, (7) will you talk / are you talking to Dad for me?MUM: What's the problem?MIKE: Last week he said I could use the car at the weekend but now (8) he doesn't let / he won't let me after all. I

need it to get to the match (9) I play / I'm playing on Sunday.MUM: OK. (10) I try / I'll try to make him change his mind. I expect (11) he's agreeing / he'll agree when I explain.

E VALERIE: How soon (12) are you / will you be ready to leave?SOPHIE: Oh, I can't go out until (13) it will stop raining / it stops raining. I haven't got a coat.VALERIE: OK. I don't think (14) it goes / it will go on for long. (15) I tidy. / I'll tidy my desk while (16) we're

waiting / we wait.

23.2 Read the situations and complete the sentences using will (‘ll) or going to.1. The phone rings and you answer. Somebody wants to speak to Jim.CALLER: Hello. Can I speak to Jim, please?YOU: Just a moment. _______________ him. (I/get)


2. It’s a nice day. You’ve decided to sit in the garden. Before going outside, you tell your friend.YOU: The weather’s too nice to stay indoors. _______________ in the garden. (I/sit)FRIEND: That’s a good idea. I think _______________ you. (I/join)3. Your friend is worried because she has lost an important letter.YOU: Don’t worry about the letter. I’m sure _______________ it. (you/find)FRIEND: I hope so.4. There was a job advertised in the paper recently. At first you were interested but then you decided not to apply.FRIEND: Have you decided what to do about that job that was advertised?YOU: Yes, _______________ for it. (I/not/apply)5. You and a friend come home very late. Other people in the house are asleep. Your friend is noisy.You: Shhh! Don’t make so much noise. _______________ everybody up. (you/wake)6. John has to go to the airport to catch a plane tomorrow morning.JOHN: Ann, I need somebody to take me to the airport tomorrow morning.ANN: That’s no problem. _______________ you. (I/take) What time is your flight?JOHN: 10.50.ANN: OK. _______________ at about 9 o’clock then. (we/leave)Later that day, Joe offers to take John to the airport.JOE: John, do you want me to take you to the airport?JOHN: No thanks, Joe. _______________ me. (Ann/take)

TO BE GOING TO” FORM • WILL (fill in the gaps)1. 1. This weekend I __________ make a wardrobe for the children's bedroom.2. “When __________ to see him?” “I think that I __________ see him tomorrow.”3. __________ to the meeting tomorrow?” “No, I don't think I __________ go to the meeting tomorrow.”4. “I __________ take this box to the attic.” “It is too heavy. I __________ carry it.”5. “Do you think it __________ rain tonight?” “Yes, I think it __________ rain.”6. The weatherman on TV said that it __________ rain tonight.7. “People say that they __________ to get married soon.” “Yes, and they __________ probably be very happy together.”8. “When do you think you __________ leave?” “We __________ probably leave tomorrow.”9. “I __________ telephone my girlfriend” “__________ go out with her tonight?”10. “Do you think they _________ come by plane?” “No, they _______ probably come by train.11. “Are you sure you __________ post these letters?” “Of course I __________ post them.”12. I __________ to the Post Office. I __________ be back in a minute.13. We are really lost. I __________ stop and ask someone the way.14. She says that she __________ be a jockey when she grows up.15. I __________ change. I __________ be back in five minutes.16. They __________ build a motorway to the west, I think.17. If you don't mind I __________ marry your daughter in spring next year.18. Look at those clouds! It __________ rain any time, and I haven't got an umbrella.19. If you __________ invite them to the party we __________ have problems. You can be sure.20. “We __________ to Miami for our honeymoon.” “I'm sure you __________ have a wonderful time.”21. The car goes well. We __________ be in Manchester before nine, I expect.22. Look, little boy! If you do that again I __________ box your ears.23. “My God! We __________ crash!” “Don't be afraid. I __________ get you to London in one piece.”24. II you come out for a walk you __________ feel much better. You need some fresh air.25. Our daughter __________ have a baby in September or October.26. “Come to dinner, Jeremy.” “OK, I __________ bring a bottle with me.”27. Look! My sister is wearing my coat! I __________ kill the little rat!28. Don't worry, I promise I __________ pay you back as soon as I can.29. “Come out for a drink.” “No, I __________ miss my favourite TV programme.”30. “Darling, the Browns __________ come for dinner.” “OK. I __________ be home in a minute.”31. __________ you give me a hand if I need help?” “Yes, of course I __________ help you.”32. “__________ you get me a paper when you go out?” “All right, I __________ get you one.”33. That man __________ suffer for all he has done to our people.34. “You haven't written to your father yet.” “OK, I __________ write to him now.”35. “I __________ not do the cooking today.” “OK, I __________ do it.'36. “This is a robbery. I __________ not __________ pay that bill.” “Well, __________ pay it.”37. “Mum __________ not __________ do the shopping today. She's not well.” “OK, I __________ do it.”38. “I __________ not __________ pass my driving test.” “Don't worry, you __________ pass.”39. “I think I __________ not __________ run the marathon.” “Don't be afraid. You __________ run.”40. __________ to go to the concert?” “Yes, we __________ go together it you want to.”


Present continuous and present simple (2) (I am doing and I do)

A. We use continuous tenses only for actions and happenings (they are eating/it is raining etc.). Some verbs (for example,know and like) are not action verbs. You cannot say ‘I am knowing' or ‘they are liking’; you can only say 'I know', 'theylike'.

The following verbs are not normally used in continuous tenses: like, love, hate, want, need, prefer, know, realise, suppose, mean, understand, believe, remember, belong, contain, consist,depend, seem* I'm hungry. I want something to eat. (not 'I'm wanting')* Do you understand what I mean?* Ann doesn't seem very happy at the moment.

When think means 'believe', do not use the continuous:* What do you think (= believe) will happen? (not 'what are you thinking') but* You look serious. What are you thinking about? (= What is going on in your mind?)* I'm thinking of giving up my job. (= I am considering)

When have means 'possess' etc., do not use the continuous (see Unit 17):* We're enjoying our holiday. We have a nice room in the hotel. (not 'we're having')but* We're enjoying our holiday. We're having a great time.

B. See hear smell tasteWe normally use the present simple (not continuous) with these verbs:* Do you see that man over there? (not 'are you seeing')* This room smells. Let's open a window.

We often use can + see/hear/smell/taste:* Listen! Can you hear something?But you can use the continuous with see (I'm seeing) when the meaning is 'having a meeting with'(especially in the future--see Unit 19A):* I'm seeing the manager tomorrow morning.

C. He is selfish and He is being selfishThe present continuous of be is I am being/he is being/you are being etc.I'm being = 'I'm behaving/I'm acting'. Compare:* I can't understand why he's being so selfish. He isn't usually like that. (being selfish = behaving selfishly at the moment) but* He never thinks about other people. He is very selfish. (not 'he is being') (= he is selfish generally, not only at the

moment)

We use am/is/are being to say how somebody is behaving. It is not usually possible in other sentences:* It's hot today. (not 'it is being hot')* Sarah is very tired. (not 'is being tired')D. Look and feetYou can use the present simple or continuous when you say how somebody looks or feels now:* You took well today. or You're looking well today.* How do you feel now? or How are you feeling now?but* I usually feel tired in the morning. (not 'I'm usually feeling')

EXERCISES4.1 Are the underlined verbs right or wrong? Correct the ones that are wrong.1. I'm seeing the manager tomorrow morning.2. I'm feeling hungry. Is there anything to eat?3. Are you believing in God?- No I'm an atheist4. This sauce is great. It's tasting really good.5. I'm thinking this is your key. Am I right?


4.2 Use the words in brackets to make sentences.1. (you/not/seem/very happy today)2. (what/you/do?) Be quiet! (I/think)3. (who/this umbrella/belong to?) I've no idea.4. (the dinner/smell/good) 5. Excuse me. (anybody/sit/here?) No, it's free6. Can you ring me back in half an hour? (I/have/dinner)

4.3 Put the verb into the correct form, present continuous or present simple.1. Are you hungry? Do you want something to eat? (you/want)2. Jill is interested in politics but she ________________ to a political party. (not/belong)3. Don't put the dictionary away. I (use) ________________ it.4. Don't put the dictionary away. I (need) ________________ it.5. Who is that man? What (he/want) ________________?6. Who is that man? Why (he/look) ________________ at us?7. George says he's 80 years old but nobody (believe) ________________ him.8. She told me her name but I (not/remember) ________________ it now.9. I (think) ________________ of selling my car. Would you be interested in buying it?10. I (think) ________________ you should sell your car. You (not/use) ________________ it very often. think, 11. I used to drink a lot of coffee but these days I (prefer) ________________ tea.12. Air (consist) ________________ mainly of nitrogen and oxygen.

4.4 Complete the sentences using the most suitable form of be. Sometimes you must use the simple (am/is/are) andsometimes the continuous is more suitable (am/is/are being).1. I can't understand why he's being so selfish. He isn't usually like that.2. Jack ________________ very nice to me at the moment. I wonder why.3. You'll like Jill when you meet her. She ________________ very nice.4. Normally you are very sensible, so why ________________ so silly about this matter?5. Why isn't Sarah at work today? ________________ ill?

PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE (Graded Exercises in English p. 45)

Note the difference between the simple present tense and the present continuous tense. The present tense describes actionsthat occur every day or all the time, while the present continuous tense describes actions that are happening now.

Peter talks to Anne all the time. (Present) � Peter is talking to Anne at this moment. (Present Continuous)

Supply the simple present tense or the present continuous tense form as required by the meaning of the sentence.1. Mr. Hansen often (travel) (travel) __________ to Atlanta on business.

(Mr. Hansen often travels to Atlanta on business.)2. Our class (meet) __________ three times every week.3. Mr. Cole (teach) ______ us at present. He (substitute) __________ for Mr. Russell, who is our regular teacher.4. At nine-thirty every morning our school bell (ring) __________. Listen! I believe it (ring) __________ now.5. Estella (watch) __________ TV now. I believe that she always (watch) __________ a show at this time.6. Listen! Someone (knock) __________ at the door)7. Jay never (come) __________ to class on time.8. At this moment I (read) __________ sentence number in the exercise.9. The wind always (blow) __________ hard in this section of town.10. For the time being, while Mr. Press is away, Ms. Brennan (act) __________ as manager of our department.11. Klein’s (have) __________ a big sale on shoes today.12. Kurt seems to be very busy. I guess he (study) __________ for his English test.13. I (get) __________ up at seven o’clock every morning.14. Ed usually (stay) __________ in a hotel when he (come) __________ to town, but tonight he (stay) __________ with

us.15. The sun always (rise) __________ now.16. Mr. and Mrs. Bush (build) __________ a new home on Hollywood Boulevard.

GOING TO Future Tense


Another way (in addition to will + the simple form of the verb) to express the future tense is to use the appropriate form ofto be going to and the simple form the verb. The contracted forms are generally used.

I am going to see (I’m going to see) we are going to see (we re going to see)you are going to see (you’re going to see) you are going to see (you re going to see)he / she it is going to see (she’s going to see) They are going to see (they’re going to see)

Complete the following sentences with the going to form of the future tense, using the verbs in parentheses. Use both thefull form and the contracted form.

1. They (visit) ______________ us next weekend. (They are going to visit us next weekend.)2. We (eat) ______________ out tonight.3. I (leave) ______________ for Europe on Tuesday.4. They (wait) ______________ for us after the show.5. We (get) ______________ up early tomorrow morning and go fishing.6. She (drive) ______________ to California.7. We (go) ______________ to Canada on our vacation.8. You (have) ______________ an examination in mathematics tomorrow.9. They (go) ______________ to Europe by plane.10. Mike (take) ______________ Alice to the dance tonight.11. It (be) ______________ difficult to reach him at this late hour.12. I believe it (rain) ______________.13. Henry (study) ______________ to be a doctor.14. You (stay) ______________ home tonight and watch television.15. Mr. and Mrs. Blake (build) ______________ a summer home on Merritt Island.16. He (start) ______________ his new job next week.17. They (move) ______________ the factory to the suburbs.18. It (be) ______________ another warm day.

GOING TO Past Tense

The past form of going to indicates an action which was planned or intended but which did not happen. Use the appropriatepast tense form of to be going to and the simple form of the verb.

I was going to speak we were going to speakyou were going to speak you were going to speakhe / she it was going to speak they were going to speak

Substitute the past tense form of going to for the verbs in italics.

1. I intended to do it yesterday, but I was too busy. (I was going to do it yesterday, but I was too busy.)2. We intended to go swimming, but the weather was too cold.

3. I planned to spend the evening on my homework but fell asleep right after dinner.

4. They intended to spend the whole year in Europe, but their money ran out.

5. We planned to go by car but finally decided to go by plane.

6. You planned to give a big reception but then decided against it.

7. They planned to get married in June but then waited until October.

8. At first he intended to ask Sally to the dance, but finally he invited Jane.

9. I intended to rewrite my exercises but didn’t have enough time.

10. I planned to return your book today but left it at home.

11. They planned to leave for Europe last week, but Mrs. Thompson was too ill to go.

12. At first she intended to put the boy in the elementary class, but later she put him in an advanced section.


13. We planned to go to a movie last night but were too tired.

14. I intended to write to you several times, but something always interfered.

PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE Future Time

The present continuous tense of verbs like come, leave, arrive, return, and go is often used to describe future action. Anadverb of time usually accompanies such usage.

She is leaving for Moscow next week.They are returning to their homelands when the semester ends.

Complete the following sentences by using the present continuous tense form of the verbs in parentheses.1. When (you / leave) ________ for Rome? I hear that Charlene (leave) ____ next Saturday.(When are you leaving for Rome? I hear that Charlene is leaving next Saturday.)2. My brother (come) __________ to visit me next week.3. What time (you / go) ________ to the movies tonight? Ron says that he (go) ____ at nine o'clock.4. Coretta (sail) __________ for England on the Queen Elizabeth II on Saturday.5. When (come) _____ Ms Green _____ to see you?6. Tony says that he (leave) __________ for Chicago on the fifteenth.7. I (go) __________ to the seashore on my vacation.8. Mr. Schwartz (arrive) __________ on Pan Am flight 109 this evening.9. Where (you / go) __________ on your vacation? _____ your wife (go) _____ with you?10. Mr. Zane (leave) __________ for Utah in the morning.11. Some friends (come) __________ to visit us tonight.12. She (go) __________ to Philadelphia on Wednesday, but her husband _____ not (go) _____ until next week.13. On what bus _____ your friend (arrive) _____?14. He (come) __________ in on a Trailways bus which arrives at eight o'clock.15. Mr. Wye (fly) __________ to Dallas on Saturday.16. I (leave) __________ for Houston in the morning.17. On what train _____ Mr. North (leave) _____?

PAST TENSE Irregular Verbs

Irregular verbs, like regular verbs, have the same form in all persons of the past tense:

I ate we ateyou ate you atehe ate, she ate, it ate they ate

Supply the past tense form of the verbs in parentheses.1. Mr. and Mrs. Rockwell (come) __________ to visit us last night.

(Mr. and Mrs. Rockwell came to visit us last night.)2. They (tell) __________ us about their plans for their new home.3. The weather was warm, so we (sit) __________ on our front porch.4. I (put) __________ your coat in the closet.5. The meeting last night (begin) __________ at eight and ended at ten.6. I stayed home last night and {write) __________ several letters.7. I (see) __________ you on the street yesterday.8. This book (cost) __________ $5.50.9. I (eat) __________ my lunch in the cafeteria yesterday.10. The man (drink) __________ a lot of wine at the party last night.11. I (give) __________ Joe your message and also (tell) __________ him my ideas on the subject.12. Ms. Reese finally (sell) __________ her house.13. I (hear) __________ the President speak on television last night.14. My father (know) __________ Mr. Evans well even before he (come) __________ to live in this town.15. Kim (feel) __________ well yesterday, but today she feels sick again.16. We (go) __________ to the park yesterday and (get) __________ wet when it rained.17. I (read) __________ the novel several years ago.18. You (have) __________ a cold last week.19. Senator Jordan (speak) __________ to our club last month.


PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE

Form the past continuous tense with the past tense of to be and the present participle of the main verb.

I was working we were workingyou were working you were workinghe / she it was working they were working

The past continuous tense describes a past action which was going on when another action took place.I was sleeping when you called.They were eating dinner when we arrived.

A. Supply the correct past continuous tense form of the verbs in parentheses.1. They (eat) ____________________ in the restaurant on the corner when I saw them.

(They were eating in the restaurant on the corner when I saw them.)2. It (rain) ____________________ when I left home.3. When you telephoned, I (have dinner) ____________________.4. They (travel) ____________________ in Europe when they heard the news.5. The baby (sleep) ____________________ soundly when I went to wake him.6. He (just/order) ____________________ breakfast when I went to his hotel room.7. I got sick while we (drive) ____________________ to my grandmother’s.8. He (work) ____________________ in California when his father died.9. I (just/take) ____________________ a nap when you called.10. She (talk) ____________________ with Mr. Samuels when I saw her in the hall.11. The accident happened while they (travel) ____________________ in Greece.12. The flight attendant fell as she (get) ____________________ into a taxi.13. The car (travel) ____________________ at high speed when it approached the corner.

PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE

B. In the following sentences, supply the past tense or the past continuous tense form of the verbs in parentheses as requiredby the meaning.

1. I (study) _______________ very diligently last night. (I studied very diligently last night.)2. I (study) _______________ last night when you called me on the phone. (I was studying last night when you...) 3. While I (go) _______________ home last night, I saw a bad accident.4. I (go) _______________ home by bus last night.5. We (drive) _______________ to an amusement park yesterday.6. We (drive) _______________ at about forty miles an hour when the accident happened.7. We (have) _______________ our dinner when you phoned.8. We (have) _______________ our dinner in Child’s Restaurant last night.9. While I (come) _______________ to work this morning, I met an old friend.10. I (come) _______________ to work on the bus this morning.11. The wind (blow) _______________ hard when I came to work this morning.12. The wind (blow) _______________ hard this morning.13. It (rain) _______________ hard last night.14. It (rain) _______________ hard when I left the office at five o’clock.15. The son (shine) _______________ brightly when I got up this morning.16. The sun (shine) _______________ brightly this morning.17. At seven o’clock, when you telephoned, I (read) _______________ the newspaper.18. I (read) _______________ two books last week.19. I (sleep) _______________ soundly when the phone rang.20. I (sleep) _______________ soundly last night.21. June (play) _______________ the piano when I arrived.

PAST CONTINUOUS TENSEC. Supply either the past tense or the past continuous tense form of the verbs in parentheses as required by the meaning.

1. As I (walk) _______________ home yesterday, I (meet) _______________ a blind woman who (ask)_______________ me for directions to the subway.(As I was walking home yesterday, I met a blind woman who asked me for directions to the subway.)

2. It (rain) _______________ hard when I (leave) _______________ home this morning3. Pete (fall) _______________ and (hurt) _______________ himself when he (ride) _______________ his bicycle


yesterday.4. At five o’clock, when I (call) _______________ the Kennedys’ home, they (have) _______________ dinner.5. When the oil embargo (start) _______________, Sophia (live) _______________ in Switzerland.6. We (sit) _______________ on our front porch when Ms. Gold (drive) _______________ up in her new car.7. As Terri (get) _____________ off the bus, she (slip) _______________ and (break) _______________ her leg.8. Mr. Cash (drive) _______________ at about forty miles an hour when the accident (happen) _______________.9. Your telegram (come) _______________ just as I (leave) _______________ my home.10. Last night, just as we (leave) _______________ for the movies, some friends (call) _______________ on us.11. Nelson (talk) _______________ his boss when I last (sea) _______________ him12. At noon, when you (telephone) _______________, I (work) _______________ in my garden.

PRESENT PERFECT TENSE

Form the present perfect tense with have (has) and the past participle of the main verb.

I have worked we have workedyou have worked you have workedhe / she / it has worked they have worked

The present perfect tense describes an action that happened at an indefinite time in the past.I have read that book.They have moved to Los Angeles.

The present perfect tense also describes an action that was repeated several times in the past.I have read that book several times.He has studied this lesson over and over.

Supply the present perfect tense form of the verbs in parentheses.1. I (speak) __________ to him about it several times.

(I have spoken to him about it several times.)2. We (finish) __________ all our homework.3. He (visit) __________ us many times.4. She (return) __________ my book at last.5. I am afraid that I (lose) __________ my car keys.6. You (be) __________ in Florida many times.7. It (rain) __________ a lot this year.8. We (learn) __________ many new words in this course.9. I (tell) __________ Ed what you said.10. I (hear) __________ that story before.11. We (lend) __________ money to them several times.12. Mr. Katz (go) __________ to South America to work.13. They (make) __________ that same mistake several times.14. She (see) __________ that movie three times.15. Harvey (make) __________ and (lose) several fortunes.

The past participle of all regular verbs is the same as the past tense form: walked talked, studied, etc. The past participlesof irregular verbs are often very irregular and must simply be memorized. see Appendix for complete list.


Present perfect tense sentences usually don’t mention exact times of actions. The simple past tense is most often used tomention or imply an exact time of an action.

He went to Boston yesterday. (Past) I was here last night. (Past)He has gone to Boston several times. (Present Perfect) I have been here before. (Present Perfect)

Supply either the simple past tense or the present perfect tense form as required by the meaning.

1. I (go) __________ to bed late last night; I (do) __________ this many times lately.(I went to bed late last night; I have done this many times lately.)

2. Mr. Ashe (go) to Chicago last week.3. I (read) __________ that book several times.


4. I first (read) __________ it while I was on my vacation last summer.5. I (be) __________ in Norfolk many times.6. Mr. Dale (have) __________ little experience in teaching that subject.7. Billy (fall) __________ as he was crossing the street.8. I (see) __________ Diane a few days ago.9. When the bell rang, Wade (jump) __________ from his seat and, (run) __________ from the room.10. I (try) __________ that restaurant again and again but I do not like the food there.11. When I was young, I often (go) __________ fishing with my father.12. I (complete) __________ writing my exercise at last.13. You (start) __________ to study English last winter.14. The day before yesterday, we (have) __________ a bad storm.15. I hear that you (give) __________ up the idea of studying Russian.16. I (never be) __________ to Italy.17. It (be) __________ very cold yesterday.18. We (learn) __________ many new words in this course.19. The First World War (begin) __________ in 1914 and (end) __________ in 1918.20. Rebecca says that she (lose) __________ her purse.


The present perfect tense also describes actions that began in the past and have continued up to the present.He has worked here for two years. (He is still working here.)They have lived here since June. (They are still living here.)

Note the difference in meaning between the following sentences:He has worked here for two years. (He is still working here.)He worked here for two years. (...but he doesn’t work here any more.)

Supply either the simple past tense or the present perfect tense form as required by the meaning.

1. I (move) ___________ to Pine Street in March; I (live) ___________ there for three months now.(I moved to Pine Strect in March; I have lived there for three months now.)

2. We (live) ___________ in Washington from 1975 to 1980.3. Before he came to the United States, Emil (work) ___________ as a carpenter.4. Since coming here, however, he (work) ___________ as a clerk.5. My former teacher was Miss Coe. I (study) ___________ with her for one year.6. My present teacher is Mr. Ming. I (study) ___________ with him for six months.7. Juanita Chavez speaks English well because she (speak) ___________ English all her life.8. Earl (work) ___________ hard all his life. (He is dead.)9. Eric (work) ___________ hard all his life. (He is alive)10. Ms. Pate (leave) ___________ New York last month and (work) ___________ in Pittsburgh since then.11. Gail, who is now in the fourth grade, (study) ___________ English for two years.12. I myself (study) ___________ English steadily since 1980.13. Henry, who is now in the hospital, (be) ___________ there for several weeks.14. When I saw her, Linda (feel) ___________ ill.15. We (buy) ___________ this car two years ago and (drive) ___________ it 5,000 miles since then.16. Up to the present time, I never (be) ___________ further west than St. Louis, Missouri.

FOR, SINCE (Graded Exercises in English p. 86)

For shows the length of time of the action: He has worked there for six months.

Since shows the time that the action began: He has worked there since February.

A. Change these sentences to introduce since in place of for. Then make whatever other changes are necessary.

1. She has been sick for three days.(She has been sick since Wednesday.)

2. We have been living here for three years.3. Sue has worked for that firm for six months.4. I have not seen him for several days.5. I have not eaten anything for two days.6. We have been planning this trip for a year.


7. It has been raining steadily for eight hours.8. I have not smoked a cigarette for two days.9. We have been waiting for you for two hours.10. He has been in the hospital for almost a month.

B. Change these sentences to introduce for instead of since. Then make whatever other changes are necessary.1. He has been absent since Monday.

(He has been absent for three days.)2. We haven’t seen them since February.3. We have lived in the same house since 1980.4. They have been friends since high school.5. It has been snowing steadily since last night.6. They have been living with her parents since they were married.7. He has worked for that firm since 1981.8. I have not seen her since last week.9. The dog hasn’t eaten anything since Wednesday.10. They haven’t sent him any money since last summer.

ALREADY, YET

Yet means so far; it is used in negatives and questions.Sean hasn't called yet. Has Sean called yet?

Already means by this time or previously; it is used in affirmative statements and questions.They have already left. Have they already left?

A. Complete the following sentences with yet or already as required by meaning.1. Martha hasn't called us _____.

(Martha hasn't called us yet.)2. They have _____ mailed the check.3. Is it time for us to leave _____? No, not _____.4. Sal has _____ bought the tickets for the game.5. We have _____ signed the contract.6. We have _____ been to Mexico three times.7. But you haven't visited Taxco _____.8. Has Jim gotten his new car _____?9. Has the class begun _____? No, not _____.10. Have the police found the thief _____?11. They haven't even started to look for him _____.12. The plane has _____ left the airport.

B. Give a negative answer with yet to the following questions.1. Has Mel left yet?

(No, Mel hasn't left yet.)2. Has the mail arrived yet?3. Have you finished your homework yet?4. Has Mr. Dole returned from lunch yet?5. Have you paid that bill yet?6. Has the class begun yet?7. Has George found a job yet?8. Has the boat sailed yet?9. Have you bought the tickets for the game yet?10. Have you ridden in Pam's new car yet?

C. Give an affirmative answer with already to the questions in Exercise B.

1. Has Mel left yet? (Yes, Mel has already left.)

PAST PERFECT TENSE

Form the past perfect tense with had and the past participle of the main verb.


I had gone we had goneyou had gone you had gonehe / she /it had gone they had gone

The past perfect tense describes an action that took place in the past before another past action. It is used in conjunction withthe past tense.

By the time we arrived, they had already gone.Gertrude said that she had seen that movie before.

Supply the past perfect tense form of the verbs in parentheses.

1. Fernando told us that he (look) _______________ everywhere for the book.(Fernando told us that he had looked everywhere for the book.)

2. Carla (leave) _______________ by the time we arrived.3. The police reported that they finally (capture) _______________ the thief.4. I met them before I (go) _______________ a hundred yards.5. I saw that we (take) _______________ the wrong road.6. He knew that he (make) _______________ a serious mistake.7. I felt that I (meet) _______________ the man somewhere before.8. He asked me why I (leave) _______________ the party so early.9. He wanted to know what (happen) _______________ to his briefcase.10. Previously she (be) _______________ a very good student.11. It was clear that he (give) _______________ us the wrong address.12. The teacher corrected the exercises which I (prepare) _______________.13. What did he say she (do) _______________ with the money?14. He said he (have) _______________ his lunch.15. I was sure that I (see) _______________ the man before.

USED TO

Used to describes an action that was customary or that happened for some time in the past but that does not happen at thepresent time.

We lived in Maryland before we moved here. º We used to live in Maryland.I taught English for years; now I’m retired. º I used to teach English.

In each of the following sentences, change the italicized verb to introduce used to.

1. I walked to work.(I used to walk to work.)

2. I never made so many mistakes in spelling.

3. The accounting department was on the 18th floor.

4. Tom was a good student and worked hard.

5. I bought all my clothes in that store.

6. This building was occupied by a large insurance firm.

7. Betty had charge of the transportation division.

8. Gary played the violin.

9. Laura went to the concert every week.

10. He never did his work poorly.

11. He took a great interest in his English lessons.

12. All meetings were held in the auditorium.

13. Marcus was the official interpreter for the company.


14. I smoked a great deal.

15. Mr. Earl worked in this office.

16. I never caught cold.

17. It was my custom to smoke a pack of cigarettes a day.

REVIEW OF VERB TENSES

A. Complete the following sentences with the correct tense of the verbs in parentheses.

1. Daryl always (come) _______________ to class on time.(Daryl always comes to class on time.)

2. Mr. Jones (teach) _______________ us at present. He (substitute) _______________ for Mr. Holt, who is our regularteacher.

3. I (work) _______________ in my garden when you called me last night.4. We (take) _______________ our finals next week.5. I (come) _______________ to work on the bus this morning.6. As I (come) _______________ to work this morning, I (meet) _______________ a boy who tried (sell)

_______________ me a watch.7. I (be) _______________ to the Grand Canyon several times.8. Listen! I think the telephone (ring) _______________ 9. Bob said that he (see) _______________ that movie before.10. I (read) _______________ that novel three or four times.11. By this time next year, we (complete) _______________ all the exercises in this book.12. Your telegram (come) _______________ just as I (leave) _______________ my house.13. The sun (shine) _______________ brightly when I got up this morning.14. Our class (begin) _______________ every morning at 8:30 and (end) _______________ at 10:00.15. We occasionally (go) _______________ to the movies on Sunday.16. Listen! Somebody (knock) _______________ at the door.17. Up to now, nothing (hear) _______________ from the search party.18. Marjory, who is now in the fourth grade, (study) _______________ English for three years.19. Ruth (study) _______________ French for a few months last year.20. My brother-in-law (come) _______________ to visit me next week.


B. Complete these sentences with the correct tense of the verbs in parentheses.

1. The magician (do) _______________ tricks on the stage when we entered.(The magician was doing tricks on the stage when we entered.)

2. The newspaper says that the police in New Orleans finally (catch) _______________ the bank robber.3. Look! _____ that Colonel Evans (cross) _______________ the street?4. ______ she usually (walk) __________ along Spencer Street at the same time every morning?5. She said that she (leave) _______________ before she heard the news.6. By this time next week Rod and Alan (visit) _______________ their grandmother.7. By March fifteenth I (be) _______________ here one year.8. Deborah handed in the report which she (write) _______________ 9. Lee usually (study) _______________ very hard. In fact whenever I (see) _______________ him he (study)

_______________ something.10. Have you any idea what she (do) _______________ when I (call) _______________ her tomorrow?11. What you (do) _______________ when I called you last night?12. Since when _____ Harry (be) __________ manager of this department?13. He (be) _______________ appointed last June and (be) _______________ in charge ever since.14. Where (go) ________ you _______ in your vacation next month?15. He cooked the rabbit which he previously (shoot) _______________ in the wood.16. The sun (shine) _______________ when I got up this morning but by ten o clock it (disappear) _______________

behind the clouds.17. The U.S. Civil War (begin) _______________ in 1861 and it (end) _______________ 1865, but not before thousands

of men (meet) _______________ their deaths.



C. Complete these sentences with the correct tense of the verbs in parentheses.

1. When he came in Tod obviously (feel) __________ the effects of the wine he (drink) with us earlier.(When he came in, Tod obviously felt the effects of the wine he had drank with us earlier)

2. Friends who (tell) us the truth are often less appreciated than those who (flatter) __________ us.3. What did you do when you discovered that you (lose) __________ your pocketbook? 4. While we (drive) __________ to Milwaukee we (have) __________ two flat tires.5. The minute the bell rang the students (jump) __________ from their seats. 6. When we got home from work, we discovered that they (come) __________ and (go) __________.7. Ms. Sheldon (trip) __________ as she (enter) __________ the room.8. Sidney (choose) __________ captain of the baseball team by the other players.9. That movie (see) __________ by millions of people around the world.10. Lilian noticed that we (take) __________ the wrong road.11. My mother can’t (see) well after dark, so she doesn’t (drive) __________ at night.12. She hasn’t been able to start (dance) __________ again because her broken leg (heal) __________ yet.13. I intend (go) __________ to Greece on my vacation.14. Where (go)_____ you _____ on your last vacation?15. Where (go) _____ you _____ next vacation?16. Where (go) _____ you _____ usually on your vacations?17. What (do) _____ you _____ right now ?

Present and past

1. Put the verb into the correct form, present simple (I do), present continuous (I am doing), past simple (I did) or pastcontinuous (I was doing).a. We can go out now. It isn’t raining (not/rain) any more.b. Ann was waiting (wait) for me when I arrived (arrive).c. I _______________ (get) hungry. Let’s go and have something to eat.d. What _______________ (you/do) in your spare time? Have you got any hobbles?e. What speed _______________ (the car/do) at the time of the accident?f. Mary usually _______________ (phone) me on Fridays but she (not/phone) last Friday.g. A: When I last saw you, you _______________ (think) of moving to a new flat.h. B: That’s right, but in the end I _______________ (decide) to stay where I was.i. What’s that noise? What _______________ (happen)?j. It’s usually dry here at this time of the year. It _______________ (not/rain) much.k. Yesterday evening the phone _______________ (ring) three times while we _______________ (have) dinner.l. Linda was busy when we _______________ (go) to see her yesterday. She (study) for an exam. We

_______________ (not/want) to disturb her, so we _______________ (not/stay) very long.m. When I first _______________ (tell) Tom the news, he _______________ (not/believe) me. He _______________

(think) that I _______________ (joke).

2. Choose the right alternative.a. Everything is going well. We didn’t have/haven’t had any problems so far. (haven’t had is right)b. Margaret didn’t go/hasn’t gone to work yesterday. She wasn’t feeling well.c. Look! That man over there wears/is wearing the same sweater as you.d. Your son is much taller than when I last saw him. He grew / has grown a lot.e. I still don’t know what to do. I didn’t decide/haven’t decided yet.f. I wonder why Jim is/is being so nice to me today. He isn’t usually like that.g. Jane had a book open in front of her but she didn’t read/wasn’t reading it.h. I wasn’t very busy. I didn’t have/wasn’t having much to do.i. Mary wasn’t happy in her new job at first but she begins/is beginning to enjoy it now.j. After leaving school, Tim found/has found it very difficult to get a job.k. When Sue heard the news, she wasn’t/hasn’t been very pleased.l. This is a nice restaurant, isn’t it? Is this the first time you are/you’ve been here?m. I need a new job. I’m doing/I’ve been doing the same job for too long.n. ‘Ann has gone out.’ ‘Oh, has she? What time did she go/has she gone?’o. ‘You look tired.’ ‘Yes, I’ve played/I’ve been playing basketball.’p. Where are you coming/do you come from? Are you American?q. I’d like to see Tina again. It’s a long time since I saw her/that I didn’t see her.r. Bob and Alice have been married since 20 years/for 20 years.


3. Complete the questions using a suitable verb.a. A: I’m looking for Paul. Have you seen him?

B: Yes, he was here a moment ago.b. A: Why did you go to bed so early last night?

B: Because I was feeling very tired.c. A: Where _______________ ?

B: Just to the post box. I want to post these letters. I’ll be back in a few minutes.d. A: _______________ television every evening?

B: No, only if there’s a good programme on.e. A: Your house is very beautiful. How long _______________ here?

B: Nearly ten years.f. A: How was your holiday? _______________ a nice time?

B: Yes, thanks. It was great.g. A: _______________ Julie recently?

B: Yes, I met her a few days ago.h. A: Can you describe the woman you saw? What _______________ ?

B: A red sweater and black jeans.i. A: I’m sorry to keep you waiting _______________ long?

B: No, only about ten minutes.j. A: How long _______________ you to get to work in the morning?

B: Usually about 45 minutes. It depends on the traffic.k. A: _______________ with that newspaper yet?

B: No, I’m still reading it. I won’t be long.l. A: _______________ to the United States?

B: No, never, but I went to Canada a few years ago.

4. Use your own ideas to complete B’s sentences.a. A: What’s the new restaurant like? Is it good?

B: I’ve no idea I’ve never been there.b. A: How well do you know Bill?

B: Very well. We _______________ since we were children.c. A: Did you enjoy your holiday?

B: Yes, it was really good. It’s the best holiday _______________.d. A: Is Jack still here?

B: No, I’m afraid he isn’t _______________ bout ten minutes ago.e. A: I like your suit. I haven’t seen it before.

B: It’s new. It’s the first time _______________.f. A: How did you cut your knee?

B: I slipped and fell when _______________ tennis.g. A: Do you ever go swimming?

B: Not these days. I haven’t _______________ a long time,h. A: How often do you go to the cinema?

B: Very rarely. It’s nearly a year _______________ to the cinema.i. A: I’ve bought some new shoes. Do you like them?

B: Yes, they’re very nice. Where _______________ them?

Past continuous and used to1. Complete the sentences using the past continuous (was doing) or used to ... Use the verb in brackets.

a. I haven’t been to the cinema for ages now. We used to go a lot. (go)b. Ann didn’t see me wave to her. She was looking in the other direction. (look)c. I _______________ a lot but I don’t use my car very much these days. (drive)d. I asked the driver to slow down. She _______________ too fast. (drive)e. Rose and Jim met for the first time when they _______________ at university. (study)f. When I was a child, I _______________ a lot of bad dreams. (have)g. When the phone rang, I _______________ a shower. (have)h. ‘Where were you yesterday afternoon?’ ‘I _______________ volleyball.’ (play)i. ‘Do you do any sports?’ ‘Not these days. I _______________ volleyball.’ (play)j. George looked very nice. He _______________ a very nice suit. (wear)

The future1. What do you say to your friend in these situations? Use the words given in brackets. Use the present continuous

(I am doing), going to ... or will (I’ll).a. You have made all your holiday arrangements. Your destination is Jamaica.


FRIEND: Have you decided where to go for your holiday yet?YOU: Yes, I’m going to Jamaica (I/go)

b. You have made an appointment with the dentist for Friday morning.FRIEND: Shall we meet on Friday morning?YOU: I can’t on Friday _______________. (I/go)

c. You and some friends are planning a holiday in Britain. You have decided to hire a car but you haven’t arrangedthis yet.FRIEND: How do you plan to travel round Britain? By train?YOU:No, _______________. (we/hire)

d. Your friend has two young children. She wants to go out tomorrow evening. You offer to look after the children.FRIEND: I want to go out tomorrow evening but I haven’t got a baby-sitter.YOU: That’s no problem _______________. (I/look after)

e. You have already arranged to have lunch with Sue tomorrow.FRIEND: Are you free at lunchtime tomorrow?YOU: No _______________. (have lunch)

f. You are in a restaurant. You and your friend are looking at the menu. You ask your friend if he/she has decidedwhat to have.YOU: What _______________? (you/have)FRIEND: I don’t know. I can’t make up my mind.

g. You and a friend are reading. It’s getting a bit dark and your friend is finding it difficult to read. You decide to turnon the light.FRIEND: It’s getting a bit dark, isn’t it? It’s difficult to read.YOU: _______________ (I/turn on)

h. You and a friend are reading. It’s getting a bit dark and you decide to turn on the light. You stand up and walktowards the light switch.FRIEND: What are you doing?YOU: _______________ (I/turn on)

2. Put the verb into the most suitable form. Use a present tense (simple or continuous), will (I’ll) or shall.Conversation 1 (IN THE MORNING)JENNY: (1) (you/do) Are you doing anything tomorrow evening, Helen?HELEN: No, why?JENNY: Well, do you fancy going to the cinema? Strangers on a Plane is on. I want to see it but I don’t want to go

alone.HELEN: OK, (2) (I/come) _______________ with you. What time (3) (we/meet) _______________?JENNY: Well, the film (4) (begin) _______________ at 8.45, so (5)(I/meet) _______________ you at about 8.30

outside the cinema, OK?HELEN: Fine. (6) (I/see) _______________ Mary later this evening. (7) (I/ask) _______________ her if she wants

to come too?JENNY: Yes, do that. (8) (I/see) _______________ you tomorrow then. Bye.

Conversation 2 (LATER THE SAME DAY)HELEN: Jenny and I (9) (go) _______________ to the cinema tomorrow night to see Strangers on a Plane. Why

don’t you come with us?MARY: I’d love to come. What time (10) (the film/begin) _______________?HELEN: 8.45.MARY: (11) (you/meet) _______________ outside the cinema?HELEN: Yes, at 8.30. Is that OK for you?MARY: Yes, (12) (I/be) _______________ there at 8.30.

3. Put the verbs in the most suitable form. Sometimes there is more than one possibility.a. A has decided to learn a language.

A: I’ve decided to try and learn a foreign language.B: Have you? Which language (1)(you/learn) are you going to learn?

b. Spanish.B: I see. And (2) (you/do) _______________ a course?A: Yes, (3) (it/start) _______________ next week.B: That’s great. I’m sure (4) (you/enjoy) _______________ it.A: I hope so. But I think (5) (it/be) _______________ quite difficult.

c. A wants to know about B’s holiday plans,A: I hear (1) (you/go) _______________ on holiday soon.B: That’s right. (2) (we/go) _______________ to Finland.A: I hope (3) (you/have) _______________ a nice time.


B: Thanks. (4) (I/send) _______________ you a postcard and (5) (I/get) _______________ in touch with youwhen (6) (I/get) _______________ back.

d. A invites B to a party.A: (1) (I/have) _______________ a party next Saturday. Can you come?B: On Saturday? I’m not sure. Some friends of mine (2) (Come) _______________ to stay with me next week

but I think (3) (they/go) _______________ by Saturday. But if (4) (they/be) _______________ still here, (5) (I/not/be) _______________ able to come to the party.

A: OK. Well, tell me as soon as (6) (you/know) _______________.B: Right. (7) (I/phone) _______________ you during the week.

e. A and B are two secret agents arranging a meeting. They are talking on the phone.A: Well, what time (1) (we/meet) _______________?B: Come to the café by the station at four o’clock. (2) (I/wait) _______________ for you when (3) (you/arrive)

_______________. (4) (I/sit) _______________ by the window and (5) (I/wear) _______________ a brightgreen sweater.

A: OK. (6) (Agent 307/come) _______________ too?B: No, she can’t be there.A: Oh. (7) (I/bring) _______________ the documents?B: Yes. (8) (I/explain) _______________ everything when (9) (I/see) _______________ you. And don’t be late.A: OK. (10) (I/try) _______________ to be on time.

4. Put the verb into the correct form. Choose from the following:present continuous (I am doing), will (‘ll)/won’t, present simple (I do), will be doing going to (I’m going to do), shalla. I feel a bit hungry. I think (I/have) _______________ something to eat.b. Why are you putting on your coat? (you/go) _______________ somewhere?c. What time (I/phone) _______________ you this evening? About 7.30?d. Look! That plane is flying towards the airport (it/land).e. We must do something soon, before (it/be) _______________ too late.f. I’m sorry you’ve decided to leave the company (I/miss) _______________ you when (you/go).g. (I/give) _______________ you my address? If ______________ (I/give) _______________ you my address

(you/write) _______________ to me?h. Are you still watching that programme? What time (it/end)?i. (I/go) _______________ to London next weekend for a wedding. My sister (get) _______________ married.j. I’m not ready yet (I/tell) _______________ you when (I/be) _______________ ready. I promise (I/not/be)

_______________ very long.k. A: Where are you going?

B: To the hairdresser’s (I/have) _______________ my hair cut.l. She was very rude to me. I refuse to speak to her again until (she/apologise).m. I wonder where (we/live) _______________ ten years from now?n. What do you plan to do when (you/finish) _______________ your course at college?

Past continuous (I was doing)

A. Study this example situation:Yesterday Karen and Jim played tennis. They began at 10 o'clock and finished at 11.30. So, at 10.30 they were playingtennis.

They were playing = 'they were in the middle of playing'. They had not finished playing.

Was/were ~ing is the past continuous:I/he/she/it was playing/doing/working etc.we/you/they were playing/doing/working etc.

B. We use the past continuous to say that somebody was in the middle of doing something at a certain time. The actionor situation had already started before this time but had not finished:

* This time last year I was living in Brazil.* What were you doing at 10 o'clock last night?* I waved to her but she wasn't looking.

C. Compare the past continuous (I was doing) and past simple (I did):Past continuous (in the middle of an action)* I was walking home when I met Dave. (= in the middle of walking home)* Ann was watching television when the phone rang.Past simple (complete action)


* I walked home after the party last night. (= all the way, completely)* Ann watched television a lot when she was ill last year.

D. We often use the past simple and the past continuous together to say that something happened in the middle ofsomething else:

* Tom burnt his hand when he was cooking dinner.* I saw you in the park yesterday. You were sitting on the grass and reading a book.* While I was working in the garden, I hurt my back.But we use the past simple to say that one thing happened after another:* I was walking along the road when I saw Dave. So I stopped and we had a chat.

Compare:* When Karen arrived, we were having dinner. (= We had already started dinner before Karen arrived.)* When Karen arrived, we had dinner. (= First Karen arrived and then we had dinner.)

E. There are some verbs (for example, know/want/believe) that are not normally used in the continuous (see Unit 4A):* We were good friends. We knew each other well. (not 'we were knowing')* I was enjoying the party but Chris wanted to go home. (not 'was wanting')

EXERCISES

6.1 What were you doing at the following times? Write one sentence as in the examples. The past continuous is notalways necessary (see the second example).1. (at 8 o'clock yesterday evening) I was having dinner with some friends.2. (at 5 o'clock last Saturday) I was on a train on my way to London.3. (at 10.15 yesterday morning)4. (at 4.30 this morning)5. (at 7.45 yesterday evening)6. (half an hour ago)

6.2 Use your own ideas to complete these sentences. Use the past continuous.1. Tom burnt his hand while he was cooking dinner.2. The doorbell rang while I —3. We saw an accident while we —4. Mary fell asleep while she —5. The television was on but nobody —

6.3 Put the verbs into the correct form, past continuous or past simple.1. I(see) saw Sue in town yesterday but she(look) _______________ the other way.2. I (meet) _______________ Tom and Ann at the airport a few weeks ago. They(go) _______________ to Berlin and

I(go) _______________ to Madrid. We(have) _______________ a chat while we(wait) _______________ for ourflights.

3. I(cycle) _______________ home yesterday when suddenly a man(step) _______________ out into the road in frontof me. I (go) _______________ quite fast but luckily I(manage) _______________ to stop in time and(not/hit)_______________ him.

6.4 Put the verbs into the correct form, past continuous or past simple.1. Jane (wait) was waiting for me when I (arrive) arrived.2. 'What(you/do) _______________ this time yesterday?' 'I was asleep.'3. '(you/go) _______________ out last night?' 'No, I was too tired.'4. 'Was Carol at the party last night?' 'Yes, she(wear) _______________ a really nice dress.'5. How fast(you/drive) _______________ when the accident(happen) _______________?6. John(take) _______________ a photograph of me while I(not/look) _______________.7. We were in a very difficult position. We(not/know) _______________ what to do.8. I haven't seen Alan for ages. When I last(see) _______________ him, he(try) _______________ to find a Job in

London.9. I(walk) _______________ along the street when suddenly I(hear) _______________ footsteps behind me. Somebody

(follow) _______________ me. I was frightened and I(start) _______________ to run.10. When I was young, I (want) _______________ to be a bus driver.

Present perfect (1) (I have done)

A. Study this example situation:


Tom is looking for his key. He can't find it. He has lost his key. 'He has lost his key' = He lost it and he still hasn't got it.

Have/has lost is the present perfect simple:I/we/they/you have (= I've etc.) finished/lost/done/been etc.he/she/it has (= he's etc.) finished/lost/done/been etc.

The present perfect simple is have/has + past participle. The past participle often ends in -ed (finished/decided etc.), butmany important verbs are irregular (lost/done/been/written etc.).

B. When we use the present perfect there is always a connection with now. The action in the past has a result now:* 'Where's your key?' I don't know. I've lost it.' (I haven't got it now)* He told me his name but I've forgotten it. (I can't remember it now)* 'Is Sally here?' 'No, she's gone out.' (she is out now)* I can't find my bag. Have you seen it? (do you know where it is now?)

We often use the present perfect to give new information or to announce a recent happening:* Ow! I've cut my finger.* The road is closed. There's been (= there has been) an accident.* (from the news) The police have arrested two men in connection with the robbery.

C. You can use the present perfect with just, already and yet:

Just = a short time ago:* 'Would you like something to eat?' 'No, thanks. I've just had lunch.'* Hello. Have you just arrived?

We use already to say that something happened sooner than expected (see also Unit 110D).* 'Don't forget to post the letter, will you?' 'I've already posted it.'* 'What time is Mark leaving?' 'He's already gone.'

Yet = 'until now' and shows that the speaker is expecting something to happen. Use yet only in questions and negativesentences (see also Unit 110C):* Has it stopped raining yet?* I've written the letter but I haven't posted it yet.

D. Note the difference between gone (to) and been (to):* Jim is away on holiday. He has gone to Spain. (= he is there now or on his way there)* Jane is back home from holiday now. She has been to Italy. (= she has now come back from Italy)

EXERCISES

7.1 You are writing a letter to a friend. In the letter you give news about yourself and other people. Use the wordsgiven to make sentences. Use the present perfect.

Dear Chris,Lots of things have happened since I last wrote to you.1. I/buy/a new car I've bought a new car.2. my father/start/a new job3. I/give up/smoking4. Charles and Sarah/go/to Brazil5. Suzanne/have/a baby

7.2 Read the situations and write sentences. Choose one of the following:arrive / break / go / up / grow / improve / lose

1. Mike is looking for his key. He can't find it. He has lost his key.2. Margaret can't walk and her leg is in plaster. She ...3. Maria's English wasn't very good. Now it is much better. ...4. Tim didn't have a beard last month. Now he has a beard. ...5. This morning I was expecting a letter. Now I have it. ...6. Last week the bus fare was 80 pence. Now it is 90. ...

7.3 Complete Bs sentences. Use the verb in brackets + just/already/yet (as sbown).1. A: Would you like something to eat?


B: No, thanks. I've just had lunch. (just/have)2. A: Do you know where Julia is?

B: Yes, I (just/see) _______________ her.3. A: What time is David leaving?

B:He (already/leave) _______________4. A: What's in the newspaper today?

B: I don't know. I (not/read/yet) _______________5. A: Is Ann coming to the cinema with us?

B: No, she (already/see) _______________ the film.6. A: Are your friends here yet?

B: Yes, they (just/arrive) _______________7. A: What does Tim think about your plan?

B:I(not/tell/yet) _______________

7.4 Read the situations and write sentences with just, already or yet.1. After lunch you go to see a friend at her house. She says 'Would you like something to eat?'

You say: No, thank you. I've just had lunch. (have lunch)2. Joe goes out. Five minutes later, the phone rings and the caller says 'Can I speak to Joe?'

You say: I'm afraid (go out) _______________3. You are eating in a restaurant. The waiter thinks you have finished and starts to take your plate away.

You say: Wait a minute!(not/finish) _______________4. You are going to a restaurant this evening. You phone to reserve a table. Later your friend says 'Shall I phone to reserve

a table?'You say: No (do) _______________ it.

5. You know that a friend of yours is looking for a job. Perhaps she has been successful. Ask her.You say: (find) _______________?

6. Ann went to the bank, but a few minutes ago she returned. Somebody asks 'Is Ann still at the bank?'You say: No,(come back) _______________

UNIT 8. Present perfect (2) (I have done) (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)

A. Study this example conversation:DAVE: Have you travelled a lot, Jane?JANE: Yes, I've been to lots of places.DAVE: Really? Have you ever been to China?JANE: Yes, I've been to China twice.DAVE: What about India?JANE: No, I haven't been to India.

When we talk about a period of time that continues from the past until now, we use the present perfect (have been/havetravelled etc.). Here, Dave and Jane are talking about the places Jane has visited in her life (which is a period that continuesuntil now).* Have you ever eaten caviar? (in your life)* We've never had a car.* 'Have you read Hamlet?' 'No, I haven't read any of Shakespeare's plays.'* Susan really loves that film. She's seen it eight times!* What a boring film! It's the most boring film I've ever seen.

In the following examples too the speakers are talking about a period that continues until now (recently/in the last fewdays/so far/since breakfast etc.):* Have you heard from George recently?* I've met a lot of people in the last few days.* Everything is going well. We haven't had any problems so far.* I'm hungry. I haven't eaten anything since breakfast. (= from breakfast until now)* It's nice to see you again. We haven't seen each other for a long time.

B. We use the present perfect with today/this morning/this evening etc. when these periods are not finished at the timeof speaking (see also Unit 14B):

* I've drunk four cups of coffee today. (perhaps I'll drink more before today is finished)* Have you had a holiday this year (yet)?* I haven't seen Tom this morning. Have you?* Ron hasn't worked very hard this term.


C. Note that we say 'It's the first time something has happened' (present perfect). For example:Don is having a driving lesson. He is very nervous and unsure because it is his first lesson.* It's the first time he has driven a car. (not 'drives') or He has never driven a car before.* Linda has lost her passport again. It's the second time this has happened. (not 'happens')* This is a lovely meal. It's the first good meal I've had for ages. (not 'I have')* Bill is phoning his girlfriend again. That's the third time he's phoned her this evening.

EXERCISES

8.1 You are asking somebody questions about things he or she has done. Make questions from the words in brackets.1. (ever/ride/horse?) Have you ever ridden a horse?2. (ever/be/California?)3. (ever/run/marathon?)4. (ever/speak/famous person?)5. (always/live/in this town?)6. (most beautiful place/ever/visit?) What ...

8.2 Complete B’s answers. Some sentences are positive and some negative. Use a verb from this list:be be cat happen have meet play read see see try

1. A: What's George's sister like?B: I've no idea. I've never met her.

2. A: How is Amy these days?B: I don't know. I _______________ her recently.

3. A: Are you hungry?B: Yes. I _______________ much today.

4. A: Can you play chess?B: Yes, but _______________ for ages.

5. A: Did you enjoy your holiday?B: Yes, it's the best holiday _______________ for a long time.

6. A: What's that book like?B: I don't know _______________

7. A: Is Brussels an interesting place?B: I've no idea _______________ there.

8. A: Mike was late for work again today.B: Again? He _______________ every day this week.

9. A: Do you like caviar?B: I don't know _______________

10. A: The car broke down again yesterday.B: Not again! That's the second time _______________ this week.

11. Who's that woman by the door?B: I don't know _______________ before.

8.3 Complete these sentences using today/this year/this term etc.1. I saw Tom yesterday but I haven't seen him today.2. I read a newspaper yesterday but I _______________ today.3. Last year the company made a profit but this year _______________.4. Tracy worked hard at school last term but _______________.5. It snowed a lot last winter but _______________.6. Our football team won a lot of games last season but we _______________.

8.4 Read the situations and write sentences as shown in the examples.1. Jack is driving a car but he's very nervous and not sure what to do.

You ask: Have you driven a car before?2. Len is playing tennis. He's not very good and he doesn't know the rules.

You ask: Have _______________ 3. Sue is riding a horse. She doesn't look very confident or comfortable.

You ask: _______________ She says: _______________

4. Maria is in London. She has just arrived and it's very new for her.You ask: _______________ She says: _______________

UNIT 11. How long have you (been) ...? (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)


A. Study this example situation:Bob and Alice are married. They got married exactly 20 years ago, so today is their 20th weddinganniversary. => They have been married for 20 years.We say: They are married. (present)but

How long have they been married? (present perfect) (not ‘How long are they married?’)They have been married for 20 years. (not ‘They are married for 20 years’)

We use the present perfect to talk about something that began in the past and still continues now.

Compare the present and the present perfect:* Amy is in hospital.but She has been in hospital since Monday. (not ‘Amy is in hospital since Monday’)* We know each other very well.but We have known each other for a long time. (not ‘we know’)* Are you waiting for somebody?but How long have you been waiting?

B. I have been doing something (present perfect continuous) = ‘I started doing something in the past and I am still doingit (or have just stopped)’:

* I’ve been learning English for a long time. (not ‘I am learning’)* Sorry I’m late. Have you been waiting long?* It’s been raining since I got up this morning.

The action can be a repeated action:* ‘How long have you been driving?’ ‘Since I was 17.’

C. I have done (simple) or I have been doing (continuous)The continuous is more usual with how long, since and for (see also Unit 10B):* I’ve been learning English for a long time. (not usually ‘I’ve learnt’)

You can normally use either the continuous or simple with live and work:* John has been living/has lived in London for a long time.* How long have you been working/have you worked here?

But we use the simple with always:* John has always lived in London. (not ‘has always been living’)

You can use the continuous or the simple for actions repeated over a long period:* I’ve been collecting/I’ve collected stamps since I was a child.

Some verbs (for example, know/like/believe) are not normally used in the continuous:* How long have you known Jane? (not ‘have you been knowing’)* I’ve had a pain in my stomach since I got up this morning.

For a list of these verbs, see Unit 4A. For have see Unit 17.

D. We use the present perfect simple in negative sentences like these:* I haven’t seen Tom since Monday. (= Monday was the last time I saw him)* Jane hasn’t phoned me for two weeks. (= the last time she phoned was two weeks ago)EXERCISES

11.1 Are the underlined verbs right or wrong? Correct them if they are wrong.1. Bob is a friend of mine. I know him very well. RIGHT2. Bob is a friend of mine. I know him for a long time. WRONG: I’ve known him.3. Sue and Alan are married since July. _______________ 4. The weather is awful. It’s raining again. _______________ 5. The weather is awful. It’s raining all day. _______________ 6. I like your house. How long are you living there? _______________ 7. Graham is working in a shop for the last few months. _______________ 8. I’m going to Paris tomorrow. I’m staying there until next Friday. _______________ 9. ‘Do you still smoke?’ ‘No, I gave it up. I don’t smoke for years.’ _______________ 10. That’s a very old bicycle. How long do you have it? _______________


11.2 Read the situations and write questions from the words in brackets.1. John tells you that his mother is in hospital.

You ask him: (how long/be/in hospital?) How long has your mother been in hospital?2. You meet a woman who tells you that she teaches English.

You ask her: (how long/teach/English?)3. You know that Jane is a good friend of Carol’s.

You ask Jane: (how long/know/Carol?)4. Your friend’s brother went to Australia some time ago and he’s still there.

You ask your friend: (how long/be/in Australia?)5. Tim always wears the same jacket. It’s a very old jacket.

You ask him: (how long/have/that jacket?)6. You are talking to a friend about Alan. Alan now works at the airport.

You ask your friend: (how long/work/at the airport?)7. A friend of yours is having driving lessons.

You ask him: (how long/have/driving lessons?)8. You meet somebody on a train. She tells you that she lives in Glasgow.

You ask her: (always/live/in Glasgow?)

11.3 Complete B’s answers to A’s questions.1. A: Amy is in hospital, isn’t she?

B: Yes, she has been in hospital since Monday.2. A: Do you see Ann very often?

B: No, I haven’t seen her for three months.3. A: Is Margaret married?

B. Yes, she _______________ married for ten years.4. A: Are you waiting for me?

B: Yes, I _______________ for the last half hour.5. A: You know Linda, don’t you?

B: Yes, we _______________ each other for ages.6. A: Do you still play tennis?

B: No, I _______________ tennis for years.7. A: Is Jim watching TV?

B: Yes, he _______________ TV all evening.8. A: Do you watch TV a lot?

B: No, I _______________ TV for a long time.9. A: Have you got a headache?

B: Yes, I _______________ a headache all morning.10. A: George is never ill, is he?

B: No, he _______________ ill since I’ve known him.11. A: Are you feeling ill?

B: Yes, I _______________ ill since I got up.12. A: Sue lives in London, doesn’t she?

B: Yes, she _______________ in London for the last few years.13. A: Do you still go to the cinema a lot?

B: No, I _______________ to the cinema for ages.14. A: Would you like to go to New York one day?

B: Yes, I _______________ to go to New York. (use always/want)

UNIT 12. When ...? and How long ...? For and since (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)

A. Compare When ...? (+ past simple) and How long ...? (+ present perfect):A: When did it start raining?B: It started raining an hour ago/at 1 o’clock.A: How long has it been raining?B: It’s been raining for an hour/since 1 o’clock.A: When did Joe and Carol first meet?B: They first met a long time ago/when they were at school.A: How long have Joe and Carol known each other?B: They’ve known each other for a long time./since they were at school.B. We use both for and since to say how long something has been happening.

We use for when we say a period of time (two hours, six weeks etc.):


* I’ve been waiting for two hours.for two hourstwo hours ago -> nowtwo hours/a week/20 minutes/50 years/five days/a long time/six months/ages

* Sally’s been working here for six months. (not ‘since six months’)* I haven’t seen Tom for three days. (not ‘since three days’)

We use since when we say the start of a period (8 o’clock, Monday, 1985 etc.):* I’ve been waiting since 8 o’clock.

since 8 o’clock8 o’clock -> nowsince 8 o’clock/1977/Monday/Christmas/12 May/lunchtime/April/they were at school

* Sally’s been working here since April. (= from April until now)* I haven’t seen Tom since Monday. (= from Monday until now)

It is possible to leave out for (but not usually in negative sentences):* They’ve been married (for) ten years. (with or without for)* They haven’t had a holiday for ten years. (you must use for)

We do not use for + all ... (all day/all my life etc.):* I’ve lived here all my life. (not ‘for all my life’)

C. We say ‘It’s (a long time/two years etc.) since something happened’:* It’s two years since I last saw Joe. (= I haven’t seen Joe for two years/the last time I saw Joe was two years ago)* It’s ages since we went to the cinema. (= We haven’t been to the cinema for ages)

The question is How long is it since ...?* How long is it since you last saw Joe? (= When did you last see Joe?)* How long is it since Mrs Hill died? (= When did Mrs Hill die?)

EXERCISES

12.1 Write questions with how long and when.1. It’s raining.

(how long?) How long has it been raining? (when?) When did it start raining?2. Kate is learning Italian.

(how long/learn?) (when/start/learn?)3. I know Martin.

(how long/know?) (when/first/meet?)4. Bob and Alice are married.

(how long?) (when?)

12.2 Read the situations and complete the sentences beginning in the way shown.1. (It’s raining now. It’s been raining since lunchtime.) It started raining at lunchtime.2. (Ann and I are friends. We first met years ago.) We’ve known each other for years.3. (Mark is ill. He became ill on Sunday.) He has _______________ 4. (Mark is ill. He became ill a few days ago.) He has _______________ 5. (Sarah is married. She’s been married for two years.) She got _______________ 6. (You’ve got a camera. You bought it ten years ago.) I’ve _______________ 7. (Sue has been in France for the last three weeks.) She went _______________ 8. (You’re working in a hotel. You started in June.) I’ve _______________

12.3 Put in for or since.1. It’s been raining since lunchtime.2. Tom’s father has been doing the same job _______________ 20 years.3. Have you been learning English _______________ a long time?4. Sarah has lived in London _______________ 1985.5. _______________ Christmas, the weather has been quite good.6. Please hurry up! We’ve been waiting _______________ an hour.7. Kevin has been looking for a job _______________ he left school.8. The house is very dirty. We haven’t cleaned it _______________ ages.9. I haven’t had a good meal _______________ last Tuesday.


12.4 Write Bs sentences using the words in brackets.1. A: Do you often go on holiday?

B: (no/five years) No, I haven’t had a holiday for five years.2. A: Do you often eat in restaurants?

B: (no/ages) No, I _______________ 3. A: Do you often see Sarah?

B: (no/about a month) _______________ 4. A: Do you often go to the cinema?

B: (no/a long time) _______________ Now write B’s answers again. This time use It’s ... since ...5. (1) No, it’s five years since I had a holiday.6. (2) No, it’s _______________ 7. (3) No, _______________ 8. (4) _______________

UNIT 13. Present perfect and past (1) (I have done and I did) (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)

A. Study this example situation:Tom is looking for his key. He can’t find it.He has lost his key. (present perfect)This means that he doesn’t have his key now.

Ten minutes later:Now Tom has found his key. He has it now.Has he lost his key? (present perfect)No, he hasn’t. He has found it.Did he lose his key? (past simple)Yes, he did.He lost his key (past simple) but now he has found it. (present perfect)

The present perfect is a present tense. It always tells us something about now. ‘Tom has lost his key’ = he doesn’t have hiskey now (see Unit 7).The past simple tells us only about the past. If somebody says ‘Tom lost his key’, we don’t know whether he has it now ornot. We only know that he lost it at some time in the past.Two more examples:* Jack grew a beard but now he has shaved it off. (so he doesn’t have a beard now)* They went out after lunch and they’ve just come back. (so they are back now)

B. Do not use the present perfect if there is no connection with the present (for example, things that happened a long timeago):

* The Chinese invented printing. (not ‘have invented’)* How many plays did Shakespeare write? (not ‘has Shakespeare written’)* Beethoven was a great composer. (not ‘has been’)

Compare:* Shakespeare wrote many plays.* My sister is a writer. She has written many books. (she still writes books)

C. We use the present perfect to give new information (see Unit 7). But if we continue to talk about it, we normally usethe past simple:

* A: Ow! I’ve burnt myself.B: How did you do that? (not ‘have you done’)A: I picked up a hot dish. (not ‘have picked’)

* A: Look! Somebody has spilt milk on the carpet.B: Well, it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it. (not ‘hasn’t been ... haven’t done’)A: I wonder who it was then. (not ‘who it has been’)

EXERCISES

13.1 What has happened in these situations?1. Jack had a beard. Now he hasn’t got a beard. He has shaved off his beard.2. Linda was here five minutes ago. Mow she’s in bed. She _______________


3. The temperature was 25 degrees. Now it is only 17. The temperature _______________ 4. The light was off. Now it is on. Somebody _______________ 5. The tree was only three metres high. Now it is four. The tree _______________ 6. The plane was on the runway a few minutes ago. Now it is in the air. The plane _______________

13.2 Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form, present perfect or past simple.1. ‘Where’s your key?’ ‘I don’t know. I’ve lost it.’ (lose)2. I was very tired, so I lay down on the bed and went to sleep. (be)3. Mary _______________ to Australia for a while but she’s back again now. (go)4. ‘Where’s Ken?’ ‘He _______________ out. He’ll be back in about an hour.’ (go)5. I did German at school but I _______________ most of it. (forget)6. I meant to phone Diane last night but I _______________ (forget)7. I _______________ a headache earlier but I feel fine now. (have)8. Look! There’s an ambulance over there. There _______________ an accident. (be)9. They’re still building the new road. They _______________ it. (not/finish)10. ‘Is Helen still here?’ ‘No, she _______________ out.’ (just/go)11. The police _______________ three people but later they let them go. (arrest)12. Ann _______________ me her address but I’m afraid I _______________ it. (give, lose)13. Where’s my bike? It _______________ outside the house. It _______________ (be, disappear)14. What do you think of my English? Do you think I _______________ ? (improve)

13.3 Are the underlined parts of these sentences right or wrong? Correct the ones that are wrong.1. Do you know about Sue? She’s given up her job. RIGHT2. The Chinese have invented printing. WRONG: The Chinese invented3. How many plays has Shakespeare written? _______________ 4. Have you read any of Shakespeare’s plays? _______________ 5. Aristotle has been a Greek philosopher. _______________ 6. Ow! I’ve cut my finger. It’s bleeding. _______________ 7. My grandparents have got married in London. _______________ 8. Where have you been born? _______________ 9. Mary isn’t at home. She’s gone shopping. _______________ 10. Albert Einstein has been the scientist who has developed the theory of relativity. _______________

13.4 Put the verb into the most suitable form, present perfect or past simple.1. A: Look! Somebody has split (spill) coffee on the carpet.

B: Well, it wasn’t (not/be) me. I didn’t do (not/do) it.2. A: Ben _______________ (break) his leg.

B: Really? How _______________ (that/happen)?A: He _______________ (fall) off a ladder.

3. A: Your hair looks nice. _______________ (you/have) a haircut?B: Yes.A: Who _______________ (cut) it? _______________ (you/go) to the hairdresser?B: No, a friend of mine _______________ (do) it for me.

UNIT 14. Present perfect and past (2) (I have done and I did) (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)

A. Do not use the present perfect (I have done) when you talk about a finished time (for example, yesterday/ten minutesago/in 1985/when I was a child). Use a past tense:

* The weather was nice yesterday. (not ‘has been nice’)* They arrived ten minutes ago. (not ‘have arrived’)* I ate a lot of sweets when I was a child. (not ‘have eaten’)* A: Did you see the news on television last night? (not ‘Have you seen’)

B: No, I went to bed early. (not ‘have gone’)

Use a past tense to ask When ...? or What time ...?:* When did they arrive? (not ‘have they arrived’)* What time did you finish work?

Compare:Present perfect* Tom has lost his key. He can’t get into the house.Here, we are not thinking of the past action. We are thinking of the present result of the action: Tom doesn’t have his keynow.


Past simple* Tom lost his key yesterday. He couldn’t get into the house.Here, we are thinking of the action in the past. We don’t know from this sentence whether Tom has his key now.

B. Compare present perfect and past:Present perfect (have done)* I’ve done a lot of work today.We use the present perfect for a period of time that continues from the past until now. For example, today, this week, since1985.* It hasn’t rained this week.* Have you seen Ann this morning? (it is still morning)* Have you seen Ann recently?* I don’t know where Ann is. I haven’t seen her. (= I haven’t seen her recently)* We’ve been waiting for an hour. (we are still waiting now)* Ian lives in London. He has lived there for seven years.* I have never played golf. (in my life)The present perfect always has a connection with now. See Units 7-12.

Past simple (did)* I did a lot of work yesterday.

We use the past simple for a finished time in the past. For example, yesterday, last week, from 1985 to 1991.* It didn’t rain last week.* Did you see Ann this morning? (it is now afternoon or evening)* Did you see Ann on Sunday?* A: Was Ann at the party on Sunday?

B: I don’t think so. I didn’t see her.* We waited (or were waiting) for an hour. (we are no longer waiting)* Ian lived in Scotland for ten years. Now he lives in London.* I didn’t play golf when I was on holiday last summer.The past simple tells us only about the past.

EXERCISES

14.1 Are the underlined parts of these sentences right or wrong? Correct the ones that are wrong.1. I’ve lost my key. I can’t find it anywhere. RIGHT2. Have you seen the news on television last night? WRONG: Did you see3. I’ve bought a new car. Do you want to see it? _______________ 4. I’ve bought a new car last week. _______________ 5. Where have you been yesterday evening? _______________ 6. Jenny has left school in 1991. _______________ 7. I’m looking for Mike. Have you seen him? _______________ 8. I’m very hungry. I haven’t eaten anything today. _______________ 9. Diane hasn’t been at work yesterday. _______________ 10. When has this book been published? _______________

14.2 Make sentences from the words in brackets. Use the present perfect or past simple.1. (it/not/rain/this week) It hasn’t rained this week.2. (the weather/be/cold/recently) The weather _______________ 3. (it cold/last week) It _______________ 4. (I not/read/a newspaper yesterday) I _______________ 5. (I not/read/a newspaper today)6. (Ann/earn/a lot of money/this year)7. (she not/earn/so much/last year)8. (you have/a holiday recently?)

14.3 Put the verb into the correct form, present perfect or past simple.1. I don’t know where Amy is. Have you seen (you/see) her?2. When I _______________ (get) home last night, I _______________ (be) very tired and I _______________ (go)

straight to bed.3. Your car looks very clean _______________ (you/wash) it?4. George _______________ (not/be) very well last week.5. Mr Clark _______________ (work) in a bank for 15 years. Then he gave it up.


6. Molly lives in Dublin. She _______________ (live) there all her life.7. _______________ (you/go) to the cinema last night?’ ‘Yes, but it _______________ (be) a mistake. The film (be)

awful.8. My grandfather _______________ (die) 30 years ago. I _______________ (never/meet) him.9. I don’t know Carol’s husband. I _______________ (never/meet/him).10. A: Is your father at home?

B: No, I’m afraid he _______________ (go) out.A: When exactly _______________ (he/go) out? B: About ten minutes ago.

11. A: Where do you live?B: In Boston.A: How long _______________ (you/live) there?B: Five years.A: Where _______________ (you/live) before that?B: In Chicago.A: And how long _______________ (you/live) in Chicago?B: Two years.

14.4 Write sentences about yourself using the ideas in brackets.1. (something you haven’t done today) I haven’t eaten any fruit today.2. (something you haven’t done today)3. (something you didn’t do yesterday)4. (something you did yesterday evening)5. (something you haven’t done recently)6. (something you’ve done a lot recently)

UNIT 15. Past perfect (I had done)

A. Study this example situation:Sarah went to a party last week. Paul went to the party too but they didn’t see each other. Paul went home at 10.30 and Saraharrived at 11 o’clock. So:When Sarah arrived at the party, Paul wasn’t there. He had gone home.Had gone is the past perfect (simple):I/we/they/you or he/she/it had (= I’d etc./he’d etc.) gone/seen/finished etc.The past perfect simple is had + past participle (gone/seen/finished etc.). For a list of irregular verbs, see Appendix 1.Sometimes we talk about something that happened in the past:* Sarah arrived at the party.This is the starting point of the story. Then, if we want to talk about things that happened before this time, we use the pastperfect (had ... ):* When Sarah arrived at the party, Paul had already gone home.

Some more examples:* When we got home last night, we found that somebody had broken into the flat.* Karen didn’t want to come to the cinema with us because she had already seen the film.* At first I thought I’d done the right thing, but I soon realised that I’d made a serious mistake.* The man sitting next to me on the plane was very nervous. He hadn’t flown before./He had never flown before.

B. Had done (past perfect) is the past of have done (present perfect). Compare:

present perfect* Who is that woman? I’ve never seen her before.* We aren’t hungry. We’ve just had lunch.* The house is dirty. They haven’t cleaned it for weeks.

past perfect* I didn’t know who she was. I’d never seen her before. (= before that time)* We weren’t hungry. We’d just had lunch.* The house was dirty. They hadn’t cleaned it for weeks.

C. Compare the past perfect (I had done) and past simple (I did):* ‘Was Tom at the party when you arrived?’ ‘No, he had already gone home.’but ‘Was Tom there when you arrived?’ ‘Yes, but he went home soon afterwards.’* Ann wasn’t at home when I phoned. She was in London.but Ann had just got home when I phoned. She had been in London.


EXERCISES

15.1 Read the situations and write sentences from the words in brackets.1. You went to Jill’s house but she wasn’t there. (she/go/out) She had gone out.2. You went back to your home town after many years. It wasn’t the same as before. (it/change/a lot)3. I invited Rachel to the party but she couldn’t come. (she/arrange/to do something else)4. You went to the cinema last night. You arrived at the cinema late. (the film/already/begin)5. I was very pleased to see him again after such a long time. (I/not/see/him for five years)6. I offered Sue something to eat but she wasn’t hungry. (she/just/have/breakfast)

15.2 Read the situations and write sentences ending with before. Use the verb given in brackets.1. The man sitting next to me on the plane was very nervous. It was his first flight. (fly) He had never flown before. OR

He hadn’t flown before.2. A woman walked into the room. She was a complete stranger to me. (see) I _______________ before.3. Simon played tennis yesterday. He wasn’t very good at it because it was his first game. (play) He ____________ 4. Last year we went to Denmark. It was our first time there (be) We _______________

15.3 Use the sentences on the left to complete the paragraphs on the right. These sentences are in the order in which they happened - so (1) happened before (2), (2) before (3) etc. But your paragraphbegins with the underlined sentence, so sometimes you need the past perfect.1. (1) Somebody broke into the office during the night.

(2) We arrived at work in the morning.(3) We called the policeWe arrived at work in the morning and found that somebody had broken into the office during the night. So we_______________

2. (1) Ann went out.(2) I tried to phone her this morning.(3) There was no answer.I tried to phone Ann this morning but _______________ no answer. She _______________ out.

3. (1) Jim came back from holiday a few days ago.(2) I met him the same day.(3) He looked very well. I met Jim a few days ago. He _______________ just _______________ He

_______________ 4. (1) Kevin wrote to Sally many times.

(2) She never replied to his letters.(3) Yesterday he had a phone call from her.(4) He was very surprised.Yesterday Kevin _______________ He _______________ very surprised. He _______________ many times but she_______________

15.4 Put the verb into the correct form, past perfect (I had done etc.) or past simple (I did etc.).1. ‘Was Tom at the party when you arrived?’ ‘No, he had gone (go) home.’2. I felt very tire when I got home, so I _______________ (go) straight to bed.3. The house was very quiet when I got home. Everybody _______________ (go) to bed.4. Sorry I’m late. The car _______________ (break) down on my way here.5. We were driving along the road when we _______________ (see) a car which. _______________ (break) down, so

we _______________ (stop) to see if we could help.

UNIT 18. Used to (do) (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)A. Study this example situation:Dennis stopped smoking two years ago. He doesn’t smoke any more.But he used to smoke.He used to smoke 40 cigarettes a day.‘He used to smoke’ = he smoked regularly for some time in the past, but he doesn’t smoke now. Hewas a smoker, but now he isn’t

B. ‘Something used to happen’ = something happened regularly in the past but no longer happens:* I used to play tennis a lot but I don’t play very often now.* Diane used to travel a lot. These days she doesn’t go away so often.* ‘Do you go to the cinema very often?’ ‘Not now, but I used to.’ (= I used to go ...)We also use used to ... for something that was true but is not true any more:* This building is now a furniture shop. It used to be a cinema.* I used to think he was unfriendly but now I realise he’s a very nice person.


* I’ve started drinking coffee recently. I never used to like it before.* Janet used to have very long hair when she was a child.

C. ‘I used to do something’ is past. There is no present form. You cannot say ‘I use to do’. To talk about the present, usethe present simple (I do).Compare:past: he used to smoke we used to live there used to bepresent: he smokes we live there is* We used to live in a small village but now we live in London.* There used to be four cinemas in the town. Now there is only one.

D. The normal question form is did (you) use to ...?:* Did you use to eat a lot of sweets when you were a child?The negative form is didn’t use to ... (used not to ... is also possible)* I didn’t use to like him. (or I used not to like him.)

E. Compare I used to do and I was doing (see Unit 6):* I used to watch TV a lot. (= I watched TV regularly in the past, but I no longer do this)* I was watching TV when the phone rang. (= I was in the middle of watching TV)

F. Do not confuse I used to do and I am used to doing. The structures and meanings are different:* I used to live alone. (= I lived alone in the past but I no longer live alone)* I am used to living alone. (= I live alone and I don’t find it strange or new because I’ve been living alone for some time)

EXERCISES18.1 Complete these sentences with use(d) to ... + a suitable verb.1. Dennis gave up smoking two years ago. He used to smoke 40 cigarettes a day.2. Liz _______________ a motorbike, but last year she sold it and bought a car.3. We came to live in Manchester a few years ago. We _______________ in Nottingham.4. I rarely cat ice cream now but I _______________ it when I was a child.5. Jim _______________ my best friend but we aren’t friends any longer.6. It only takes me about 40 minutes to get to work since the new road was opened. It _______________ more thanan hour.7. There _______________ a hotel opposite the station but it closed a long time ago8. When you lived in London, _______________ to the theatre very often?18.2 Brian changed his lifestyle. He stopped doing some things and started doing other things:He stopped studying hard/going to bed early/running three miles e3very morningHe started smoking/going out in the evening/spending a lot of money

Write sentences about Brian with used to and didn’t use to.1. He used to smoke.2. He didn’t use to smoke.3. _______________ 4. _______________ 5. _______________ 6. _______________

18.3 Compare what Carol said five years ago and what she says today:

FIVE YEARS A GOI travel a lot,I play the piano.I’m very lazy.I don’t like cheese.I’ve got a dog.I’m a hotel receptionist.I’ve got lots of friends.I never read newspapers.I don’t drink tea.I go to a lot of parties.

TODAYI eat lots of cheese now.


I work very hard these days.I don’t know in people these days.I work in a bookshop now.I don’t go away much these days.My dog died two years ago.I read a newspaper every day now.I haven’t been to a party for ages.I haven’t played piano for years.Tea’s great! I like it now.

Now write sentences about bow Carol has changed. Use used to/didn’t use to/never used to in the first part of your sentence.1 She used to travel a lot but she doesn’t go away much these days.2. She used _______________ but _______________ 3. _______________ but _______________ 4. _______________ but _______________ 5. _______________ but _______________ 6. _______________ but _______________ 7. _______________ but _______________ 8. _______________ but _______________ 9. _______________ but _______________ 10. _______________ but _______________

PAST PERFECT (fill in the gaps)1. When I arrived at the station the train (go) ______________ already.2. He didn't want to go to the party because he (have) ______ already______ dinner.3. When he returned he saw that the neighbours (buy) ______________ another dog.4. When he opened the front door he saw that the house (burgle) ______________.5. I was very surprised because the boy never (punish) ______________ before.6. The questions that everybody was asking was: (he/shoot) ______________ from behind?7. Then they realized that the cat (come in) ______________ through the back window.8. When I looked up I noticed that someone (open) ______________ the window.9. All the children (finish) ______________ their homework and were in bed.10. We (meet) ______________ at a party in London the previous summer.11. When the old man returned to his hometown he noticed that the High Street (change) ___________ quite a lot.12. When I saw the empty glasses I realized that they (be) ________ already _______ there.13. Did you recognize the place? (You / ever / be) _______________ to that place before?14. He was very nervous because he (never / speak) _______________ in public before. 15. Sorry, I (not realize) ______________ that there were people in the other room.16. I (not finish) ______________ drinking the beer when the clock struck eleven.17. It was already ten o'clock and the train (not leave) ______________ the station yet.18. After he (finish) ______________ reading the book he switched on the television.19. He was very afraid because he (never / fly) ______________ before.20. My mother (be) ______________ cooking all morning and she was very tired.21. They were tired because they (be) ______________ playing cards all night.22. After twenty years, things (change) ______________. For example the Bingo (close) ______________.23. When he arrived at the meeting point his friends (already / go) ______________.24. It was strange because she (never / arrive) _______________ late for work before.25. He swore at the trial that he (never / see) _______________ that man before.26. She didn't know how to handle the racket because she (never / play) ______________ tennis before.27. He was told that his old friend Mr. Smith (die) ______________ five years before.28. When she got to the supermarket, it (already / close) ______________.29. When he saw young David he realized that he was not a boy any more. He (already / grow) ____________ up.30. Mr. Armstrong wasn't very thirsty because he (just / have) ______________ a beer in the pub.31. He tried to get hold of the controls but he (never / drive) _______________ a lorry before.32. I found the old man quite changed. I (not see) ______________ him for years.33. When he telephoned her she (already / go) _______________ out with another boy.34. He came late to work because his car (break down) ______________ on the way.35. After he (see) ______________ all the paintings he decided he wasn't going to buy any.36. There were cigarette ends in an ashtray. He realized that there (be) ______________ people in that room recently.37. He was told that the grocer, Mr. Gibson, (sell) ______________ his shop. It was a supermarket now.38. I didn't want to go to the cinema because I (already / see) ______________ the film.39. After he (close) ______________ the window he opened the door of the room.40. When he returned to the village his old friend (die) ______________ already


Past simple and past continuousComplete this description of the life of a musician, using the verbs given. Use either the past simple or the past continuous.

Colin Boyle was born in 1973 near Dublin, Ireland. In 1983 he became seriously ill. While he (1)(recover) was recovering.his uncle (2)(give) gave him an old violin. He enjoyed playing and practised at his school every day after lessons. One dayin 1987, John Leaf, the manager of several successful musicians, (3) (have) _______________ a meeting with theheadmaster when he (4) (hear) _______________ Colin practising. He immediately (5) (contact) _______________ Colin'steacher and (6) (invite) _______________ Colin to appear in one of the concerts he (7) (organise) _______________ thatyear. Colin, however, (8) (refuse) _______________ Leaf's invitation, because just then he (9) (prepare) _______________for some important school exams. Colin (10) (pass) _______________ his exams and (11) (go) _______________ to collegeto study engineering. At college he (12) (meet) _______________ Kim O'Malley, who (13) (study) _______________chemistry. Kim was also a keen amateur musician. Being students, they rarely (14) (have) _______________ much moneyand they usually (15) (work) _______________ as waiters at weekends. One evening in April 1992, while Colin and Kim(16) (serve) _______________ customers, the manager (17) (announce) _______________ that there would be no live musicin the restaurant that night as the regular band could not come. Colin and Kim (18) (persuade) _______________ him tolet them play to the customers. Everyone (19) (be) _______________ amazed to hear how good they (20) (be)_______________. Six months later they (21) (decide) _______________ to leave college because they (22) (earn)_______________ so much money as musicians. Their success has continued ever since.

Complete the following paragraphs with suitable verbs. Use either the past simple or past continuous tense.

A John Blake was born in London in 1969. He (1) went to work in France when he was nineteen. While he (2)_______________ in a restaurant in Paris, he (3) _______________ Luisa, an Italian student. He (4) _______________her to marry him, but she wouldn't. Heartbroken, he (5) _______________ to England. Three years later, John (6)_______________ along a street in London when he (7) _______________ Luisa. She (8) _______________ Londonwith a friend called Maria. When John and Maria (9) _______________, they fell in love at first sight, and got marriedthe following year.

B I had a terrible time last Saturday. It was rather cold, but quite sunny, so after lunch I (10) _______________ walked into town. I (11) _______________ to buy a pullover. I (12) _______________ in the window of a clothes shop whensomeone (13) _______________ my wallet. While I (14) _______________ home, it (15) _______________ to rainand I arrived home cold and miserable. I (16) _______________ to have a hot bath. I (17) _______________ ready tohave my bath when the doorbell (18) _______________. It was a salesman and it took

me several minutes to get rid of him. Unfortunately, all the time he (19) _______________ to me the water (20)_______________. You can imagine the state of the bathroom!

Present perfect and past simple

Choose the correct form of the verbs.1. My sister has been / was interested in medicine ever since she has been / was a child.2. How long have you studied / did you study before you have qualified / qualified?3. Where have you first met / did you first meet your husband?4. Is this the first time you've cooked / you cooked pasta?5. We have wanted / wanted to go to the theatre last night, but there haven't been / weren't any seats.6. Oh, dear. What can we do? I'm sure something dreadful has happened / happened; we've been waiting / we waited over

an hour and he hasn't phoned / hasn't been phoning yet.7. We have posted / posted the parcel three weeks ago. If you still haven't received / didn't receive it, please inform us

immediately.

Alex wants to go to an art college and is being interviewed by Tom Smith, one of the lecturers. Complete the questionswhich Tom asks him. Read the whole conversation before you start.TOM: Right, Alex, let's find out something about you. You're obviously not a teenager, so when(1) did you leave school?ALEX: Five years ago, actually.TOM: And where (2) have you been since then?ALEX: Well I've had several jobs.TOM: What (3) _______________ first?ALEX: I worked in a café for about a year. I needed to save some money.TOM: Why (4) _______________ money?ALEX: I wanted to travel a bit before I started studying.


TOM: Where (5) _______________ to go?ALEX: Well, the Middle East, Latin America, Australia TOM: Good Lord! And (6) _______________ all those places?ALEX: No, not yet. I've been to Brazil and Peru so far. And I spent some months in Turkey.TOM: What (7) _______________ there?ALEX: I stayed with some friends near Izmir. It was wonderful.TOM: You're very lucky. And now you want to come to college. (8) _______________ some pictures to show me?ALEX: Urn, yes, I have a small portfolio here.TOM: Where (9) _______________ this work?ALEX: Mostly in Turkey.TOM: Why (10) _______________ any in South America?ALEX: I didn't have time really. And I was travelling light, I just did some pencil sketches. TOM: (11) _______________them here with you?ALEX: They're at the back of the portfolio.TOM: Well, Alex, I'm very impressed. When (12) _______________ interested in painting and drawing?ALEX: I think I always have been.TOM: I can believe that. Will you come with me? I want to show this work to my colleagues right away.ALEX: Of course. Thank you very much.

Present perfect and past simpleFill the gaps in these sentences with a suitable verb. Use either the present perfect or past simple.1. Bill has been away from work all this week.2. Glenda worked extremely hard when she was a student.3. Pippa _______________ rather unfriendly recently.4. Eric _______________ the door before I rang the bell.5. How long _______________ Neil _______________ his present job?6. Tina _______________ her parents since she got married?7. Why _______________ you _______________ your coat on? It's not cold.8. Jock _______________ to me about his problems last night.9. Fred _______________ his map. We'll have to go back for it.10. Jane _______________ more money in her last job, but she enjoys this one more.

Fill the spaces in the conversation with suitable verbs. Use the past simple or present perfect. Rosie is talking to Marcus,who has recently come to work in the same company as her.ROSIE: So, Marcus, are you settling in here OK, do you think?MARCUS: Oh, yes. Everyone (1) has been very friendly. I (2) expected to have quite a lot of problems, but I (3) haven'thad any really. Not here at work, anyway.ROSIE: Do you mean there (4) _______________ other problems?MARCUS: Well, I (5) _______________ to move out of the flat I (6) _______________ when I first (7) _______________.ROSIE: Oh dear. Why (8) _______________ you _______________ to do that? Wasn't it comfortable? Our personneldepartment (9) _______________ you to find it, (10) _______________ they?MARCUS: That's right. It was a good flat. I (11) _______________ living there very much. Unfortunately, the journey towork was too long. The bus routes changed just before I (12) _______________ to work here and it (13) _______________me two hours to get here every day. So I (14) _______________ to a place just round the corner from here. Everything'sfine now.ROSIE: I hope all this trouble (15) (not) _______________ you sorry that you came here.MARCUS: Not at all. I'm really enjoying the work. And I (16) _______________ a lot of new friends already.ROSIE: That's good. Oh, well. We'd better get on with some work now, I suppose.MARCUS: I guess so. See you later.ROSIE: Yes. Bye.Past simple, past continuous and past perfect Units 5. 6. 15 and 16Read the following passage and put the verbs in the correct form, present perfect or past simple.Then and nowTWENTY YEARS ago few people (1) (realise) realised that computers were about to become part of our daily lives. Thisshort period of time (2)(see) has seen enormous changes, in business, education and public administration. Jobs which (3)(take) _______________ weeks to complete in the past, are now carried out in minutes. Clerks who (4) (spend)_______________ all day copying and checking calculations are now freed from these tedious tasks. In offices, the soft humand clicking of word processors (5) (replace) _______________ the clatter of typewriters. Schoolchildren (6) (become)_______________ as familiar with hardware and software as their parents (7) (be) _______________ with pencils andexercise books. Computerisation of public records (8) (enable) _______________ government departments to analyse theneeds of citizens in detail. Some of us may wonder, however, whether life (9) (really/improve) _______________ as a resultof these changes. Many jobs (10) (disappear) _______________, for example, when intelligent machines (11) (take)_______________ over the work. Employers complain that clerical staff (12) (become) _______________ dependent on


calculators and cannot do simple arithmetic. There are fears that governments (13) (not/do) _______________ enough toensure that personal information held on computers is really kept secret. Certainly, many people may now be wonderingwhether the spreadof computers (14) (bring) _______________ us as many problems as it (15) (solve) _______________.

Past simple, past continuous and past perfect (I did, I was doing and I had done / I had been doing)Choose the correct form of the verbs.

CONFERENCE REPORT(Parkhouse Hotel 5th September)

The conference was very successful. The seminars and talks were / had been extremely interesting and it was obvious thatall the speakers (2) prepared / had prepared their material very thoroughly. Everyone agreed that this should become anannual event.There were however a number of administrative problems. When we (1) arrived / had arrived, we (4) discovered / haddiscovered that the hotel manager (5) reserved / had reserved the wrong room for us and therefore we (6) did not have / hadnot had enough space. Unfortunately, he could not let us have the larger room because he (7) gave / had given it to anothergroup, even bigger than ours.He (8) also misunderstood / had also misunderstood the letter explaining what food we (9) required / had required. In fact,we (10) suspected / had suspected that he (11) lost / had lost the letter. We do not recommend using this hotel again.

Past simple, past continuous and used to; units 5, 6, and 18 (I did, 1 was doing, and / used to do)Choose the correct form of the verbs.1. Mary met her husband while she worked / was working / used to work in the States.2. Why does Warren keep shouting at people? He wasn't / wasn't being / didn't use to be so bad-tempered.3. How long is it since you had / were having / used to have a holiday?4. The government provided / were providing / used to provide much more help for disabled people than they do now.5. It's all very well complaining you haven't any money, but while you were travelling around the world, I studied / was

studying / used to study sixteen hours a day for my exams.6. The only time I ever rode / was riding / used to ride a horse, I fell / was falling / used to fall off in the first five minutes.

In some of these sentences you can use used to (used to work / used to play / used to be, etc.) instead of the past simple(worked/played/was, etc.). Where possible rewrite the sentences using used to.1. Every summer, Eileen stayed with her grandparents while her parents were away on holiday

Eileen used to stay with her grandparents2. Bruce drove the new lorry to Scotland, stopping one night in the north of England.

NO CHANGE 3. My aunt had a dog which she had rescued from drowning when it was a puppy.4. As Mary was getting out of the boat her foot slipped and she fell into the river.5. Before the new shopping mall was built, there was a football pitch here for the local children. 6. Jasper grumbled that bread didn't taste like cardboard until the supermarkets started making it.7. During our voyage across the Atlantic I took several photos of the great seabirds which followed the ship, riding on

currents in the air.8. While I was waiting for the bus I noticed a group of tourists who were listening intently to a guide.9. The punishments at our school were very harsh before the new head teacher was appointed10. As children we spent a lot of time helping with the household chores, but we didn't help in the garden.11. The politicians made innumerable promises before the election, but kept none of them, as usual. Past simple, past continuous and used toChoose the correct form of the verbs.It is sometimes said that there is nothing new in the world of fashion. Annabelle was a well-known model during theseventies. When her children were in their early teens they (1) were enjoying / used to enjoy looking at her old photoalbums. They (2) were finding / found it hard to believe that she (3) was wearing / used to wear such strange clothes. (4)Did people really use to think / Were people really thinking flared trousers looked good? And those ugly platform shoes!She (5) was admitting / admitted that people (6) were often falling / often used to fall over because the heels wereso high. In the early nineties, however, Annabelle noticed to her amusement that seventies styles (7) were / used to be infashion again. 'I (8) planned / was planning to throw all my old clothes away,' she said, 'but my daughter went to a partylast week, and guess what she (9) used to wear / was wearing - that's right, some of my old clothes!'

Write a sentence for each of the following using used to or didn't use to.1. I had a lot of money but I lost it all when my business failed. I used to be rich.2. I quite like classical music now, although I wasn't keen on it when I was younger.


3. I seem to have lost interest in my work.4. My sister can't borrow my jeans any more, she's put on so much weight.5. I don't mind air travel now that I can afford First Class.6. My brother had his hair cut short when he left college.7. I gave up smoking five years ago.8. My parents lived in the USA when I was a child.9. When he was younger, my uncle was a national swimming champion.10. Since we've lived in the countryside, we've been much happier.

Present, present perfect and pastWrite true sentences about yourself, using used to or didn't use to and one of the words in the box.holidays television cinema homework jeansfriends restaurant music lipstick grandparents1. I used to go on holiday with my parents, but now I go with my friends.2. I didn't use to wear jeans when I was a child. 3. ...4. ...5. ...6. ...7. ...8. ...

Present, present perfect and pastChoose the correct form of the verbs. Read through each conversation before you start.A TERRY: What (1) did you do last night?

ANGIE: Well, I (2) have hoped / have been hoping / had been hoping to go out, hut I (3) have had / had / had hadtoo much work.

B PETE: What part of Birmingham (4) do you live / did you live / have you lived in when you (5) were / have been/ were being a student?

PATRICK: A place called Selly Oak. (6) Do you know / Did you know / Have you known it?PETE: Oh, yes. I (7) was passing / used to pass / have passed through it nearly every day when I (8) was living

/ have been living / have lived there.

C GILLLIAN: (9) Do you write / Have you written / Were you writing to the bank manager yet?MARK: I (10) haven't finished / hadn't finished / didn't finish yet. (11) I've been trying / I've tried / I tried to decide

what to say.GILLIAN: Hurry up! He (12) is expecting / has expected / has been expecting your reply since last week.

D BRIAN: Our teacher (13) invites / has invited / invited the class to his house on Saturday. (14) Do you go / Are yougoing / Have you gone?

LUKE: I'm afraid not. I (15) work / used to work / am working for my father on Saturdays.

E PHILIPPA: When (16) did you hear / have you heard / had you heard your exam results?CLARA: When I (17) had phoned / phoned / have phoned my teacher. She (18) has been checking / has checked

/ was checking the list when I (19) had rung / rang / am ringing, so she (20) was telling / told / tells methen.

PHILIPPA: (21) Have you expected / Have you been expecting / Had you been expecting to do so well?CLARA: Not really, to be honest!

REPASO CONDICIONALES

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES Future Possible

A conditional sentence has two clauses, a dependent clause beginning with if and a main clause.

If you study, you will pass your exam.In a future possible conditional sentence, the dependent clause is in the present tense and the main clause is in the futuretense.

If I have enough money, I wil1 fly to California.


Supply the correct form of the verb in parentheses in order to make future possible conditions. Use contracted formswherever possible.

A.1. If Melissa studies hard, she (pass) __________ her finals.

(If Melissa studies hard, she’ll pass her finals.)2. If I finish my work in time, I (go) __________ to the concert.3. If I see Henry, I (give) __________ him your message4. If he works hard, he (get) __________ the raise.5. If you don’t hurry, we (be) __________ late for class.6. If he tries hard, he (find) __________ a job somewhere.7. If he fails the test, he (have) __________ to repeat the course.8. If the weather is nice tomorrow, we (go) __________ to the beach.9. If Naomi arrives on time, I (talk) __________ to her.10. If I have time tomorrow, I (go) __________ shopping with you.

B.1. If I (find) __________ the book, I will give it to you.2. If the weather (be) __________ warm, we will go to the park tomorrow.3. If you (turn) __________ out the light, we will be in the dark.4. If you (save) __________ your money, you will be able to go on a vacation.5. If you (drive) __________ slowly, you won’t have any accidents.6. If Jack (call) __________, I will speak to him.7. If you (learn) __________ how to swim, you can go with us to the beach on Sundays.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES Present Unreal

In a present unreal conditional sentence, the dependent clause is in the past tense and the main clause uses would, should,could, or might. The contracted forms ’d and n’t are often used.

If you studied, you would pass your exam. / If I knew better, I wouldn’t make these mistakes

Supply the form of the verb in parentheses in order to form present unreal conditions. Use the full form and the contractedform.

A.1. If I knew her well, I (speak) __________ to her.

(If I knew her well, I would speak to her. If I knew her well, I’d speak to her.)2. If he attended class regularly, he (make) __________ good progress.3. If we had the money, we (take) __________ a trip to South America.4. If he went to bed earlier, he (not/feel) __________ so tired.5. If he drove more carefully, he (have) __________ fewer accidents.6. If John paid his debts, people (respect) __________ him more.7. If I knew English better, I (read) __________ some English novels.8. If he prepared his homework every night, he (get) __________ better grades9.

B.1. If I (own) __________ an automobile, I would take a trip to California.2. If she (work) __________ harder, she would probably get a better salary.3. If I (know) __________ how to drive, I would buy a car.4. If Louis (know) __________ more grammar, he would make fewer mistakes.5. If he (waste) __________ so much time in class, he would make better progress.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES Present Unreal

Dependent clauses of present unreal conditional sentences use the past tense forms of all verbs except to be. To be uses werein all persons in these clauses.

I were we wereyou were you werehe /she /it were they were


If I were you I would study.If he were here, he would answer your question.

Supply the form of the verb in parentheses to make present unreal conditions.

A.1. If I (be) __________ you, I wouldn’t mention it to her.

(If I were you, I wouldn’t mention it to her.)2. If today (be) __________ Saturday, I would not have to work.3. If I (be) __________ in your position, I would think twice before doing that.4. If today (be) __________ a holiday, we could go to the beach.5. If the weather. (be) __________ not so hot, I am sure she would feel better.6. If Pete (be) __________ here, he would help us with this work.7. If you (be) __________ a millionaire, how would you spend your time?

B.1. If George were here with us, I (feel) __________ more comfortable.2. If they were really poor, they (not be) __________ able to live as they do.3. If I were in Paris now, I (go) __________ to some of the summer concerts.4. If Jill were here, she (know) __________ what to do.5. If I were you, I (tell) __________ everyone the truth about the matter.6. If I were a millionaire, I (live) __________ on the French Riviera.7. If he were more ambitious, he (try) __________ to find a better job.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES Past Unreal

In a past unreal conditional sentence, the dependent clause is in the past perfect tense and the main clause uses would have,should have, could have, or might have. The contracted forms ’d have and ’ve are often used.

If you had studied, you would have passed your exams.If you had studied, you’d have passed your exams.If you had studied, you would’ve passed your exams.

If I had known, I wouldn’t have made that mistake.

Supply the correct form of the verb in parentheses in order to make past unreal conditions. Use full forms and contractedforms.

A.1. If I had known her, I (speak) _______________ to her.

(If I had known her, I would have spoken to her.)(If I had known her, I’d have spoken to her.)(If I had known her, I would’ve spoken to her.)

2. If he had learned the truth, he (be) _______________ very angry.3. If I had known that you needed me, I (come) _______________ at once.4. If they had invited us, naturally we to the party.5. If you had worn your overcoat, you (catch) _______________ cold6. If I had had your address, I (write) _______________ to you.7. If yesterday had been a holiday, I (go) _______________ to the beach.8. If you had asked me, I (help) _______________ you.

B.1. If I (know) _______________ about this yesterday, I would have worried all day long.2. If the weather (be) _______________ nice yesterday, we would have gone to the beach.3. I would have looked you up if I (know) _______________ you were living in Kansas.4. I wouldn’t have gotten wet if I (wear) _______________ raincoat.5. If he (study) _______________ more, he would have gotten better grades.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCE REVIEW

A. Change the future possible conditions to present unreal conditions.

1. If Laura comes, she’ll help us. þ (If Laura came, she’d help us.)


2. If she studies hard, she will pass her driver’s test.

3. If I have the money, I will buy a new car.

4. If I see her, I will give her your message.

5. If you turn out the lights, we will be in the dark.

6. If she saves her money, she will be able to go on a vacation.

7. If the weather is nice, we will go to the beach.

8. If he has time, he will go with us.

9. If they work hard, they will learn engineering.

10. If you go to Cuba, you will have a lot of practice in speaking Spanish.

11. If Eva is present, the party will be a success.

12. If we hurry, we can get there by two o’clock.

13. If Phil works hard, he may get a better job.

14. If I don’t have to study, I will go to the movie with you.

15. If they invite me, I will go with them.

16. If it rains, we won’t go.

17. If they lend me the money, I will be able to go into business right away.

18. If I feel better, I will go with you.

19. If I am not busy, I will be glad to accompany you.

B. Change the sentences in Exercise A to make past unreal conditions.1. If Laura comes, she’ll help us.

(If Laura had come, she’d have halved us.)

CONDITIONAL SENTENCE REVIEW

C. Complete each of the following conditional sentences in your own words.(Present Unreal Conditions)1. I don’t have a car, but if I _______________________________.)

(I don’t have a car, but if I had one I would drive to California on my vacation.)2. I am not in Florida now, but if I _______________________________.)3. I don’t like to swim, but if I _______________________________.)4. I don’t have enough money to buy a new car, but if I ____________________________.)5. I can’t type well, but if I _______________________________.)6. I am not in your position, but if I _______________________________.)7. I cannot speak English perfectly, but if I _______________________________.)8. I don’t know how to play the piano, but if I _______________________________.)9. Randy doesn’t have much free time, but if he _______________________________.)10. He never does his homework, but if he _______________________________.)11. I am not a millionaire, but if I _______________________________.)12. Today isn’t a holiday, but if it _______________________________.)

D. (Past Unreal Conditions)1. She didn’t make reservations, but if she _______________________________.)

(She didn’t make reservations, but if she had made them, we could all have attended the grand opening.)2. I didn’t know your name, but if I _______________________________.)


3. Joan didn’t have a car last winter, but if she _______________________________.)4. We didn’t have their phone number, but if we _______________________________.)5. Lucille didn’t get her car tuned up, but if she _______________________________.)6. I couldn’t afford to take a vacation last summer, hat if I __________________________.)7. I wasn’t aware of the problem, but if I _______________________________.)8. I couldn’t speak English at that time, but if I _______________________________.)9. He didn’t study English before he came here, but if he ___________________________.)10. He didn’t come to class on time, but if he _______________________________.)11. He didn’t wear his overcoat, but if he _______________________________.)12. There was no doctor present at the time of the accident but if there ________________.)

E. In your own words, what would you do or what would happen....

1. ...if you never did your homework?(If I never did my homework, I would fail all my examinations.)

2. ... if you came late to class every day?3. ... if you found a 1arge sum of money in the street?4. ... if you were unable to walk?5. ... if you lost your purse or wallet?6. ... if you found someone else’s purse or wallet?7. ... if you failed all your examinations?8. ... if today were a holiday?9. ... if you knew English perfectly?10. ... if you were a millionaire?11. ... if you were ten years younger than you are?12. ... if you had a lot of free time?

CONDICIONAL SENTENCE REVIEW

F. In your own words, what would you have done or what would have happened....1. ... if you had come to class late?

(The teacher would have been angry if I had come to class late.)2. ... if yesterday had been a holiday:3. ... if you had failed all your tests last semester?4. ... if you had overslept this morning?5. ... if yesterday had been your birthday?6. ... if you had missed the bus this morning?7. ... if you had lost your purse or wallet on your way to school this morning?8. ... if it had been raining when you left home this morning?9. ... if yesterday had been Sunday?10. ... if you had lost your English book on your way to school?

G. Complete the following conditional sentences with the proper form of the verbs in parentheses.1. If I were you, I (tell) __________ him the truth.

(If I were you, I would tell him the truth.)2. If I had been in your place, I (say) __________ this.3. I would not have gone if I (know) __________ it was going to rain.4. If you had called me, I (be) __________ glad to meet you.5. If it rains next Sunday, I (stay) __________ at home.6. I will call you next week if I (want) __________ a lesson.7. I (like) __________ to study Spanish if I had the time.8. I will go to the beach next Sunday if the weather (be) __________ nice.9. If he had told me the truth, I (not/ignore) him.10. If he had been driving fast, it (be) ___________ a more serious accident.11. If I had worn my overcoat, I (catch) ___________ cold.12. They would not have gone if they (know) ___________ it would cost so much.13. If I were you, I (not/work) ________ so hard. I (be) _______ more careful of my health.14. If the weather is nice next Saturday, I (play) ___________ tennis.15. If we had gone out in the rain, we (catch) ___________ cold.16. I would have visited you if I (know) ___________ you were living in Tucson.

H. Complete the following conditional sentences by supplying words of your own.1. If I were you, I


(If I were you, I would go home and relax.)2. If you had studied harder, you ____________________.3. I would have gone to Philadelphia if ____________________.4. I will drive to the country Sunday if ____________________.5. If I had been in your place, I ____________________.6. If Sue works hard, she ____________________.7. If you had asked me, I ____________________.8. I would gladly have lent you the money it ____________________.9. If I had the time, I ____________________.10. If I had known it was going to rain, I ____________________.11. If it doesn't rain next Sunday, we ____________________.12. If I had been in your shoes, I ____________________.

PRESENT TENSE after If, When, Until, etc.

When dependent clauses introduced by if describe a future possible condition (review page 141), they use the present tense.Similarly when dependent clauses introduced by as long as, as soon as, before, unless, until when, and while describe afuture condition, they also use the present tense.

If it rains, we’ll go inside.When it rains (cuando llueva), we will go inside.As soon as it rains (en cuanto llueva), we’ll go inside.If the telephone rings while I’m out, please answer it.

Supply the proper form of the verbs in parentheses.

1. We will stay outside until it (rain) __________.2. If the weather (be) __________ nice next Sunday, we will go to the mountains.3. If the workers (go) __________ on strike, production will be greatly reduced.4. Please watch my bag while I (get) __________ my ticket5. Please call me as soon as you (get) __________ back from your trip.6. I won’t go unless they (invite) __________ me.7. If the river (rise) __________ much higher, there will be a flood.8. Don’t leave until I (call) __________ you.9. If it (rain) __________ next Saturday, I may have to cancel my trip.10. When the weather (get) __________ warmer, we can go swimming.11. I plan to wait here until the mail (arrive) __________.12. If you (not/arrive) __________ on time, you will not get a seat.13. When you (see) __________ the light turn red, be sure to stop your car.14. If you (sit) __________ in the sun too long, you may get burned.15. Give him this report as soon as you (see) __________ him.

Conditionals

1. Put the verb into the correct form.a. If you found a wallet in the street, what would you do with it? (find)b. I must hurry. My friend will be annoyed if I ’m not on time. (not/be)c. I didn’t realise that Gary was in hospital. if I had known he was in hospital, I would have gone to visit him. (know)d. If the phone _______________ I can you answer it? (ring)e. I can’t decide what to do. What would you do if you ____________ in my position? (be)f. A: What shall we do tomorrow?

B: Well, if it _______________ a nice day, we can go to the beach. (be)g. A: Let’s go to the beach.

B: No, it’s too cold. If it ____________ warmer, I wouldn’t mind going to the beach. (be)h. A: Did you go to the beach yesterday?

B: No, it was too cold. If it _______________ warmer, we might have gone. (be)i. If you _______________ enough money to go anywhere in the world, where would you go? (have)j. I’m glad we had a map. I’m sure we would have got lost if we _______________ one. (not/have)k. The accident was your fault. If you _______________ more carefully, it wouldn’t have happened. (drive)l. A: Why do you read newspapers?

B: Well, if I _______________ newspapers, I wouldn’t know what was happening in the world. (not/read)


2. Complete the sentences.a. Liz is tired all the time. She shouldn’t go to bed so late. If Liz didn’t go to bed so late, she wouldn’t be tired all the

time.b. It’s rather late. I don’t think Ann will come to see us now. I’d be surprised if Ann _______________.c. I’m sorry I disturbed you. I didn’t know you were busy. If I’d known you were busy, I _______________.d. The dog attacked you, but only because you provoked it. If _______________.e. I don’t want them to be upset, so I’ve decided not to tell them what happened. They _______________ if

_______________.f. Unfortunately, I didn’t have an umbrella and so I got very wet in the rain. I _______________.g. Martin failed his driving test last week. He was very nervous and that’s why he failed. If he _______________.

3. Use your own ideas to complete these sentences.a. I’d go out this evening if _______________.b. I’d have gone out last night if _______________.c. If you hadn’t reminded me _______________.d. We wouldn’t have been late if _______________.e. If I’d been able to get tickets _______________.f. Who would you phone if _______________.g. Cities would be nicer places if _______________.h. If there was no television _______________.

When I do/When I’ve done When and ifA. Study these examples:A: What time will you phone me tomorrow?B: I’ll phone you when I get home from work.‘I’ll phone you when I get home from work’ is a sentence with two parts:the main part: ‘I’ll phone you’and the when-part: ‘when I get home from work (tomorrow)’The time in the sentence is future (‘tomorrow’) but we use a present tense (get) in the when part of the sentence.We do not use will in the when-part of the sentence:* We’ll go out when it stops raining. (not ‘when it will stop’)* When you are in London again, you must come and see us. (not ‘when you will be’)* (said to a child) What do you want to be when you grow up? (not ‘will grow’)The same thing happens after: while, before, after, as, soon, as, until, till* I’m going to read a lot of books while I’m on holiday. (not ‘while I will be’)* I’m going back home on Sunday. Before I go, I’d like to visit the museum.* Wait here until (or till) I come back.B. You can also use the present perfect (have done) after when/after/until/as soon as:* Can I borrow that book when you’ve finished it?* Don’t say anything while Ian is here. Wait until he has gone.It is often possible to use the present simple or the present perfect:* I’ll come as soon as I finish. or I’ll come as soon as I’ve finished.* You’ll feel better after you have something to eat. or You’ll feel better after you’ve had something to eat.But do not use the present perfect if two things happen together. The present perfect shows that one thing will be completebefore the other (so the two things do not happen together).Compare:* When I’ve phoned Kate, we can have dinner. (= First I’ll phone Kate and after that we can have dinner.)but * When I phone Kate this evening, I’ll invite her to the party. (not ‘when I’ve phoned’) (In this example, the two thingshappen together.)C. After if, we normally use the present simple (if I do/if I see etc.) for the future:* It’s raining hard. We’ll get wet if we go out. (not ‘if we will go’)* Hurry up! If we don’t hurry, we’ll be late.Compare when and if:We use when for things which are sure to happen:* I’m going shopping this afternoon. (for sure) When I go shopping, I’ll buy some food.We use if (not ‘when’) for things that will possibly happen:* I might go shopping this afternoon. (it’s possible) If I go shopping, I’ll buy some food.* If it is raining this evening, I won’t go out. (not ‘when it is raining’)* Don’t worry if I’m late tonight. (not ‘when I’m late’)* If they don’t come soon, I’m not going to wait. (not ‘when they don’t come’)

EXERCISES25.1 Complete these sentences using the verbs in brackets. All the sentences are about the future.


Use will/won’t or the present simple (I see/he plays/it is etc.).1. I’ll phone (phone) you when I get (get) home from work.2. I want to see Margaret before she _______________ (go) out.3. We’re going on holiday tomorrow. I _____________ (tell) you all about it when we _____________ (come) back.4. Brian looks very different now. When you _______________ (see) him again, you _______________ (not/recognise)him.5. We must do something soon before it _______________ (be) too late.6. I don’t want to go without you. I _______________ (wait) until you _______________ (be) ready.7. Sue has applied for the job but she isn’t very well qualified for it. I _______________ (be) surprised if she_______________ (get) it.8. I’d like to play tennis tomorrow if the weather _______________ (be) nice.9. I’m going out now. If anybody ____________ (phone) while I ______________ (be) out, can you take a message?

25.2 Make one sentence from two.1. You will be in London again. You must come and see us then. þ You must come and see us when you are in Londonagain.2. I’ll find somewhere to live. Then I’ll give you my address.I when _______________ 3. I’ll do the shopping. Then I’ll come straight back home._______________ after _______________ 4. It’s going to start raining. Let’s go home before that._______________ before _______________ 5. She must apologise to me first. I won’t speak to her until then._______________ until _______________

25.3 Read the situations and complete the sentences.1. A friend of yours is going to visit London. You want to know where she is going to stay.You ask: Where are you going to stay when you are in London?_2. A friend of yours is visiting you. She has to go soon but maybe there’s time for a cup of tea.You ask: Would you like a cup of tea before _______________ ?3. Your friend is reading the newspaper. You’d like it after her.You ask: Can I have the newspaper when _______________ ?4. You want to sell your car. Jim is interested in buying it but he hasn’t decided yet.You ask: Can you let me know as soon as _______________ ?5. There are serious traffic problems in your town but they are building a new road.You say: I think it will be better when _______________.

25.4 Put in when or if.1. Don’t worry if I’m late tonight.2. Tom might phone while I’m out this evening. _______________ he does, can you take a message?3. I’m going to Rome next week. _______________ I’m there, I hope to visit a friend of mine.4. I think Jill will get the job. I’ll be very surprised _______________ she doesn’t get it.5. I’m going shopping. _______________ you want anything, I can get it for you.6. I’m going away for a few days. I’ll phone you _______________ I get back.7. I want you to come to the party but _______________ you don’t want to come, that’s all right.8. We can cat at home or, _______________ you prefer, we can go to a restaurant.

If I had known ... I wish I had known ...A. Study this example situation:Last month Gary was in hospital for an operation. Liz didn’t know this, so she didn’t go to visit him.They met a few days ago. Liz said:If I had known you were in hospital, I would have gone to visit you.Liz said: If I had known you were in hospital .... The real situation was that she didn’t know he was in hospital.When you are talking about the past, you use if + had (‘d) ... (if I had known/been/done etc.):* I didn’t see you when you passed me in the street. If I’d seen you, of course I would have said hello. (but I didn’t see you)* I decided to stay at home last night. I would have gone out if I hadn’t been so tired. (but I was tired)* If he had been looking where he was going, he wouldn’t have walked into the wall. (but he wasn’t looking)* The view was wonderful. If I’d had a camera, I would have taken some photographs. (but I didn’t have a camera)Compare:* I’m not hungry. If I was hungry, I would eat something. (now)* I wasn’t hungry. If I had been hungry, I would have eaten something. (past)B. Do not use would in the if-part of the sentence. We use would in the other part of the sentence:* If I had seen you, I would have said hello. (not ‘If I would have seen you’)


Note that ‘d can be would or had:* If I’d seen you, (I’d seen = I had seen)I’d have said hello. (I’d have said = I would have said)C. We use had (done) in the same way after wish. I wish something had happened = I am sorry that it didn’t happen:* I wish I’d known that Gary was ill. I would have gone to see him. (but I didn’t know)* I feel sick. I wish I hadn’t eaten so much cake. (I ate too much cake)* Do you wish you had studied science instead of languages? (you didn’t study science)* The weather was cold while we were away. I wish it had been warmer.Do not use would have ... after wish in these sentences:* I wish it had been warmer. (not ‘I wish it would have been’)D. Compare would (do) and would have (done):* If I had gone to the party last night, I would be tired now. (I am not tired now--present)If I had gone to the party last night, I would have met lots of people. (I didn’t meet lots of people--past)Compare would have, could have and might have:* If the weather hadn’t been so bad, we would have gone out.* If the weather hadn’t been so bad, we could have gone out. (= we would have been able to go out)* If the weather hadn’t been so bad, we might have gone out. (=perhaps we would have gone out)

EXERCISES39.1 Put the verb into the correct form.1. I didn’t know you were in hospital. If I’d known (I/know), I would have gone (I/go) to visit you.2. Ken got to the station in time to catch his train. If, _______________ (he/miss) it _______________ (he/be) late for hisinterview.3. It’s good that you reminded me about Ann’s birthday. _______________ (I/forget)if _______________ (you/not/remind)me.4. Unfortunately, I didn’t have my address book with me when I was in New York. If _______________ (I/have) youraddress, _______________ (I/send) you a postcard.5. A: How was your holiday? Did you have a nice time?B: It was OK, but _______________ (we/enjoy) it more if _______________ (the weather/be) better.6. I took a taxi to the hotel but the traffic was very bad. _______________ (it/be) quicker if _______________ (I/walk).7. I’m not tired. If _______________ (I/be) tired, I’d go home now.8. I wasn’t tired last night. If _______________ (I/be) tired, I would have gone home earlier.

39.2 Write a sentence with if for each situation.1. I wasn’t hungry, so I didn’t eat anything. þ If I’d been hungry, I would have eaten something.2. The accident happened because the driver in front stopped so suddenly.If the driver in front _______________ 3. I didn’t know that George had to get up early, so I didn’t wake him up.if I _______________ 4. I was able to buy the car only because Jim tent me the money.

5. Margaret wasn’t injured in the crash because she was wearing a seat belt.

6. You didn’t have any breakfast - that’s why you’re hungry now.

7. I didn’t get a taxi because I didn’t have any money on me.

If I do ... and If I did ...A. Compare these examples:(1) Sue has lost her watch. She thinks it may be at Ann’s house.SUE: I think I left my watch at your house. Have you seen it?ANN: No, but I’ll have a took when I get home. If I find it, I’ll tell you.In this example, Ann feels there is a real possibility that she will find the watch. So she says:If I find ..., I’ll ....(2) Ann says: If I found a wallet in the street, I’d take it to the police.This is a different type of situation. Here, Ann is not thinking about a real possibility; she is imagining the situation anddoesn’t expect to find a wallet in the street. So she says:If I found ..., I’d (= I would) ... (not If I find ...,I’ll)When you imagine something like this, you use if + past (if I found/if you were/if we didn’t etc.). But the meaning is notpast:* What would you do if you won a million pounds? (we don’t really expect this to happen)* I don’t really want to go to their party, but I probably will go. They’d be offended if I didn’t go.


* Sarah has decided not to apply for the job. She isn’t really qualified for it, so she probably wouldn’t get it if she applied.

B. We do not normally use would in the if-part of the sentence:* I’d be very frightened if somebody pointed a gun at me. (not ‘if somebody would point’* If I didn’t go to their party, they’d be offended. (not ‘If I wouldn’t go’)But it is possible to say ‘if ... would’ when you ask somebody to do something:* (from a formal letter) I would be grateful if you would send me your brochure as soon as possible.* ‘Shall I close the door?’ ‘Yes, please, if you would.’

C. In the other part of the sentence (not the if-part) we use would (‘d)/wouldn’t:* If you took more exercise, you’d (= you would) probably feet healthier,* Would you mind if I used your phone?* I’m not tired enough to go to bed yet. I wouldn’t steep (if I went to bed now).Could and might are also possible:* If you took more exercise, you might feet healthier. (= it is possible that you would feel healthier)* If it stopped raining, we could go out. (= we would be able to go out)

D. Do not use when in sentences like those on this page:* They would be offended if we didn’t accept their invitation. (not ‘when we didn’t’)* What would you do if you were bitten by a snake? (not ‘when you were bitten’)

EXERCISES37.1 Put the verb into the correct form.1. They would be rather offended if I didn’t go to see them. (not/go)2. If you took more exercise, you would feel better. (feel)3. If I was offered the job, I think I _______________ it. (take)4. I’m sure Amy will lend you the money. I’d be very surprised if she _______________. (refuse)5. If I sold my car, I _______________ much money for it. (not/get)6. A lot of people would be out of work if the factory _______________. (close down)7. What would happen if I _______________ that red button? (press)8. Liz gave me this ring. She _______________ very upset if I lost it. (be)9. Mark and Carol are expecting us. They would be disappointed if we _______________. (not/come)10. Would Tim mind if I _______________ his bicycle without asking him? (borrow)11. If somebody _______________ in here with a gun, I’d be very frightened. (walk)12. I’m sure Sue _______________ if you explained the situation to her. (understand)

37.2 You ask a friend questions. Use What would you do if ...?1. (Maybe one day your friend will win a lot of money.) þ What would you do if you won a lot of money?2. (Your friend’s car has never been stolen but perhaps one day it will be.) What _______________ 3. (Perhaps one day your friend will lose his/her passport.)4. (There has never been a fire in the building.)

37.3 Answer the questions in the way shown.1. A: Shall we catch the 10.30 train?B: No. (arrive/too early) If we caught the 10.30 train, we’d arrive too early.2. A: Is Ken going to take the examination?B: No. (fall) If he _______________ 3. A: Why don’t we stay at a hotel?B: No. (cost too much money) If _______________ 4. A: Is Sally going to apply for the job?B: No. (not/get it) If _______________ 5. A: Let’s tell them the truth.B: No. (not/believe us) If _______________ 6. A: Why don’t we invite Bill to the party?B: No. (have to invite his friends too)

37.4 Use your own ideas to complete these sentences.1. If you took more exercise, you’d feel better.2. I’d feel very angry if _______________ 3. If I didn’t go to work tomorrow _______________ 4. Would you go to the party if _______________ 5. If you bought some new clothes 6. Would you mind if _______________


UNIT 38. If I knew ... I wish I knew ... (English Grammar in Use-appendix)A. Study this example situation:Sue wants to phone Paul but she can’t do this because she doesn’t know his number. She says:If I knew his number, I would phone him.Sue says: If I knew his number .... This tells us that she doesn’t know his number.She is imagining the situation. The real situation is that she doesn’t know his number.When you imagine a situation like this, you use if + past (if I knew/if you were/if we didn’t etc.). But the meaning is present,not past:* Tom would read more if he had more time. (but he doesn’t have much time)* If I didn’t want to go to the party, I wouldn’t go. (but I want to go)* We wouldn’t have any money if we didn’t work. (but we work)* If you were in my position, what would you do?* It’s a pity you can’t drive. It would be useful if you could.

E. Note that could sometimes means ‘would be able to’ and sometimes ‘was/were able to’:* You could get a job more easily. (you could get = you would be able to get)if you could speak a foreign language. (you could speak = you were able to speak)

EXERCISES38.1 Put the verb into the correct form.1. If I knew his number, I would phone him. (know)2. I wouldn’t buy that coat if I were you. (not/buy)3. I _______________ you if I could, but I’m afraid I can’t. (help)4. We would need a car if we _______________ in the country. (live)5. If we had the choice, we _______________ in the country. (live)6. This soup isn’t very good. It _______________ better if it wasn’t so salty. (taste)7. I wouldn’t mind living in England if the weather _______________ better. (be)8. If I were you, _______________ (not/wait). I _______________ now. (go)9. You’re always tired. If you _______________ to bed so late every night, you wouldn’t be tired all the time. (not/go)10. I think there are too many cars. If there _______________ so many cars (not/be), there _______________ so muchpollution. (not/be)

38.2 Write a sentence with If ... for each situation.1. We don’t visit you very often because you live so far away. þ If you didn’t live so far away, we’d visit you more often.2. He doesn’t speak very clearly--that’s why people don’t understand him.If he _______________ more _______________ people _______________ 3. That book is too expensive, so I’m not going to buy it.If the book _______________ , I _______________ 4. We don’t go out very often because we can’t afford it.5. It’s raining, so we can’t have lunch in the garden.6. I have to work tomorrow evening, so I can’t meet you.

If I had known ... I wish I had known ...A. Study this example situation:Last month Gary was in hospital for an operation. Liz didn’t know this, so she didn’t go to visit him. They met a few daysago. Liz said:If I had known you were in hospital, I would have gone to visit you.Liz said: If I had known you were in hospital .... The real situation was that she didn’t know he was in hospital.When you are talking about the past, you use if + had (‘d) ... (if I had known/been/done etc.):* I didn’t see you when you passed me in the street. If I’d seen you, of course I would have said hello. (but I didn’t see you)* I decided to stay at home last night. I would have gone out if I hadn’t been so tired. (but I was tired)* If he had been looking where he was going, he wouldn’t have walked into the wall. (but he wasn’t looking)* The view was wonderful. If I’d had a camera, I would have taken some photographs. (but I didn’t have a camera)

Compare:* I’m not hungry. If I was hungry, I would eat something. (now)* I wasn’t hungry. If I had been hungry, I would have eaten something. (past)

B. Do not use would in the if-part of the sentence. We use would in the other part of the sentence:* If I had seen you, I would have said hello. (not ‘If I would have seen you’)Note that ‘d can be would or had:* If I’d seen you, (I’d seen = I had seen)I’d have said hello. (I’d have said = I would have said)


D. Compare would (do) and would have (done):* If I had gone to the party last night, I would be tired now. (I am not tired now--present)If I had gone to the party last night, I would have met lots of people. (I didn’t meet lots of people--past)Compare would have, could have and might have:* If the weather hadn’t been so bad, we would have gone out.* If the weather hadn’t been so bad, we could have gone out. (= we would have been able to go out)* If the weather hadn’t been so bad, we might have gone out. (=perhaps we would have gone out)

EXERCISES39.1 Put the verb into the correct form.1. I didn’t know you were in hospital. If I’d known (I/know), I would have gone (I/go) to visit you.2. Ken got to the station in time to catch his train. If, _______________ (he/miss) it _______________ (he/be) late for hisinterview.3. It’s good that you reminded me about Ann’s birthday. _______________ (I/forget)if _______________ (you/not/remind)me.4. Unfortunately, I didn’t have my address book with me when I was in New York. If _______________ (I/have) youraddress, _______________ (I/send) you a postcard.5. A: How was your holiday? Did you have a nice time?B: It was OK, but _______________ (we/enjoy) it more if _______________ (the weather/be) better.6. I took a taxi to the hotel but the traffic was very bad. _______________ (it/be) quicker if _______________ (I/walk).7. I’m not tired. If _______________ (I/be) tired, I’d go home now.8. I wasn’t tired last night. If _______________ (I/be) tired, I would have gone home earlier.

39.2 Write a sentence with if for each situation.1. I wasn’t hungry, so I didn’t eat anything. þ If I’d been hungry, I would have eaten something.2. The accident happened because the driver in front stopped so suddenly.If the driver in front _______________ 3. I didn’t know that George had to get up early, so I didn’t wake him up.if I _______________ 4. I was able to buy the car only because Jim tent me the money.5. Margaret wasn’t injured in the crash because she was wearing a seat belt.6. You didn’t have any breakfast - that’s why you’re hungry now.7. I didn’t get a taxi because I didn’t have any money on me.

in caseA. Study this example situation:Geoff is a football referee. He always wears two watches during a game because it is possible that one watch will stop.He wears two watches in case one of them stops.In case one of them stops =’because it is possible one of them will stop’.Some more examples of in case:* Ann might phone tonight. I don’t want to go out in case she phones. (= because it is possible she will phone)* I’ll draw a map for you in case you can’t find our house. (= because it is possible you won’t be able to find it)We use just in case for a smaller possibility:* I don’t think it will rain but I’ll take an umbrella just in case. (=just in case it rains) Do not use will after in case. Use apresent tense for the future* I don’t want to go out tonight in case Ann phones. (not ‘in case Ann will phone’)

B. In case is not the same as if. We use in case to say why somebody does (or doesn’t do) something.You do something now in case something happens later. Compare:#1 in case* We’ll buy some more food in case Tom comes.(= Perhaps Tom will come; we’ll buy some more food now, whether he comes or not; then we’ll already have the food ifhe comes.)* I’ll give you my phone number in case you need to contact me.* You should insure your bicycle in case it is stolen.#2 if* We’ll buy some more food if Tom comes.(= Perhaps Tom will come; if he comes, we’ll buy some more food; if he doesn’t come, we won’t buy any more food.)* You can phone me at the hotel if you need to contact me.* You should inform the police if your bicycle is stolen.C. You can use in case (+ past) to say why somebody did something:* We bought some more food in case Tom came. (= because it was possible that Tom would come)


* I drew a map for Sarah in case she couldn’t find the house.* We rang the bell again in case they hadn’t heard it the first time.D. ‘In case of.’ is not the same as ‘in case’. In case of ... = ‘if there is ...’ (especially in notices etc.):* In case of fire, please leave the building as quickly as possible. (= if there is a fire)* In case of emergency, telephone this number. (= if there is an emergency)

EXERCISES113.1 Barbara is going for a long walk in the country. She is going to take these things with her:some chocolate, a map, an umbrella, her camera, some water, a towelShe has decided to take these things because:perhaps she’ll want to have a swimit’s possible she’ll get lostshe might get hungryshe might want to take some photographsperhaps she’ll get thirstyperhaps it will rainWrite sentences with in case saying why Barbara has decided to take these things with her.1. _She’s going to take some chocolate in case she gets hungry._2. She’s going to take a map in case _______________.3. She’s going to _______________.4. _______________.5. _______________.6 _______________.

113.2 What do you say in these situations? Use in case.1. It’s possible that Mary will need to contact you, so you give her your phone number.You say: Here’s my phone number _______________.2. A friend of yours is going away for a long time. Maybe you won’t see her again before she goes,so you decide to say goodbye now.You say: I’ll say _______________.3. You are shopping in a supermarket with a friend. You think you have everything you need but perhaps you’ve forgottensomething. Your friend has the list. You ask him to check it.You say: Can you _______________.

113.3 Write sentences with in case.1. There was a possibility that Ann would phone. So I didn’t go out._I didn’t go out in case Ann phoned._2. John thought that he might forget the name of the book. So he wrote it down.He wrote down _______________.3. 1 thought my parents might be worried about me. So I phoned them.I phoned _______________.4. 1 wrote a letter to Jane but I didn’t receive a reply. So I wrote to her again because I thought thatperhaps she hadn’t received my first letter.I _______________.5. I met some people when I was on holiday in France. They said they might come to London one day.I live in London, so I gave them my address.I _______________.

113.4 Put in case or if.1. Ann might phone this evening. I don’t want to go out _in case_ she phones.2. You should tell the police _if_ your bicycle is stolen.3. 1 hope you’ll come to London sometime. _______________ you come, you can stay with us,4. This letter is for Susan. Can you give it to her -- you see her?5. Write your name and address on your bag _______________ you lose it.6. Go to the lost property office _______________ you lose your bag.7. The burglar alarm will ring _______________ somebody tries to break into the house.8. I’ve just painted the door. I’ll put a WET PAINT notice next to it _______________ somebody doesn’t realize it’s justbeen painted.9. I was advised to arrange insurance _______________ I needed medical treatment while I was abroad.

IF CLAUSES WITH FUTURE + CONDITIONAL1. Look, the bus is waiting. If we run we (catch) __________ it.


2. If all our papers are in order we (leave) __________ immediately.3. We haven't got any money, but if we had money we (go) __________ to Miami.4. I love her very much. If she wanted we (get) __________ married straight away.5. If you haven't got any money I (lend) __________ you some until the end of the month.6. I am sure that if he knew what really happened he (tell) __________ me.7. If it's foggy the plane (be) _______ probably _______ diverted to another airport.8. If the weather was good the children (go) __________ and (play) __________ in the garden.9. If it stops raining we (go) __________ for a walk in the country.10. If it stopped raining we (go) __________ for a walk in the country.11. If we need money we (sell) __________ the house and the car.12. If I see you around here again I (call) __________ the police.13. If I didn't go to the meeting my mates (get) __________ angry with me.14. If we left straight away we (arrive) _____ probably _____ in time for the reception.15. If you stopped drinking a bottle of whisky every day you (feel) __________ much better.16. If you went to see that film you (be able) __________ to sleep tonight.17. If I won a lot of money in the lottery I (buy) __________ a car like that one.18. If that factory closes down many people (lose) __________ their jobs.19. If that factory closed down many people (lose) __________ their jobs.20. I am sure that if you try again you (succeed) __________ in the end.21. If you lived by the river you (see) __________ the boat race free.22. If I knew he had no money to live on I (lend) __________ him some.23. I am sure that if you study harder you (pass) __________ all your exams.24. You can be sure that if you studied harder you (pass) __________ all your exams.25. I know that if I married her we (be) __________ very happy together.26. If the police give him back his passport he (leave) __________ the country.27. If the police gave him back his passport he (leave) __________ the country.28. If you stopped wasting your time so much you (have) __________ better marks.29. Look, Jimmy, if you stop wasting your time you (have) __________ better marks.30. If you write to your friends more often they (write) __________ to you more often too.31. I am cold and wet. If I had matches I (light) __________ a nice fire.32. If I finish reading the book tonight I (lend) __________ it to you tomorrow.33. If the owner of that shop was a little kinder he (sell) __________ much more.34. We are all very tired. If we had a rest we (feel) __________ much better.35. If you do the shopping in that supermarket you (save) __________ a lot of money.36. If you took your shoes off when you got home you (be) __________ more relaxed.37. If you went to bed earlier you (feel) __________ better in the morning.38. If you do something for other people they (do) ______ something for you when you need it.39. Don't worry. If the baby wakes up before you come back I (give) __________ him the bottle.40. If I went to the butcher's I (get) __________ some bones for the dog.

REPASO ESTILO INDIRECTO

DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH

A direct quotation gives the words of a speaker exactly as spoken.Tammy said, “I am leaving tomorrow.”

An indirect quotation reports on someone’s words indirectly. The pronouns used in an indirect quotation are different fromthose in a direct quotation. (Review page 94 for sequence of tenses using to say.)

Tammy said that she was leaving tomorrow.

When an indirect object (page 34) is used in a sentence being changed from direct to indirect speech, say to is often changedto tell.

Direct: Barbara said to Phyllis, “I have a cold.”Indirect: Barbara told Phyllis that she had a cold.

Change the following sentences from direct to indirect speech.

1. Carolyn said, “I will be here at noon.” (Carolyn said she would be here at noon.)2. David said, “The plane will probably get in late.”


3. The boss said, “I have to finish this report by tonight.”

4. The doctor said, “She’ll get well quickly.”

5. The teacher said, “Everyone has to write a three-page paper for tomorrow.”

6. Richard said, “I saw that movie last week.”

7. Janie said, “I’ve read that book.”

8. Suzanne said to her boyfriend, “I can’t go tonight.”

9. William said to me, “I’ll finish this tomorrow.”

10. She said to him, “The lights aren’t working.”

11. I said to the waitress, “This bill is wrong.”

12. The boy said, “I’m only eight years old.”

13. Henry said, “I can meet them later.”

14. Ms. Bremer said, “I don’t do business that way.”

INDIRECT SPEECH Questions

Questions in indirect speech are expressed as statements.

Direct: Peter asked, “Where does Tanya live?”Indirect: Peter asked where Tanya lived.

Questions in indirect speech which are not introduced by a question word require the introduction of whether or if.

Peter asked, “Does Tanya live near here?”Peter asked whether Tanya lived near here.Peter asked if Tanya lived near here.

A. Change the following sentences to indirect speech.

1. I asked the clerk, “How much does this cost?” º (I asked the clerk how much this cost.)2. Mr. Carter asked me, “Where are you going?”

3. Amy asked, “Are you going to eat in the cafeteria?”

4. Roz asked, “Did you mail that letter for me?”

5. Della asked me, “Where are you going on your vacation? ”

6. I asked her, “Do you like my new hat?”

7. He asked me: “How are you today?”

8. I asked the storekeeper, “What is the price of this tie?”

9. She asked me, “When will you get back from your trip?”

10. He asked her, “What time is it?”

11. The passenger asked, “When do we land?”

12. Then he asked, “Does it take longer to go by bus or by train`: ”


13. She asked me, “What time is it?”

14. He asked me, “How long have you studied English?”


B Choose the correct form.1. She asked me where (was I, I was) going. (She asked me where I was going.)2. I don’t know what (is his name, his name is).3. Ask him what time (is it, it is).4. The mail carrier wants to know where (she lives, does she live).5. He asked me how much (did my car cost, my car cost).6. I don’t know where (did he put, he put) those magazines.7. He wants to know where (do we have, we have) our English lesson.8. I wonder what time (it is, is it).9. Ask him how old (is he, he is).10. He asked me how old (was I, I was).11. Find out where (does she live, she lives).12. I asked her where (she lived, did she live).13. We asked her whether (was she, she was) married.14. Nathan asked me how long (had I studied, I had studied) English.15. He didn’t say where (he was, was he) going.16. Ask him where (is Helen, Helen is).17. I forgot where (did I put, I put) it.18. I don’t know where (does he live, he lives).19. He asked me when (1 would, would I) return.20. Brooke asked me where (was I, I was) going.21. I asked him what time (could he, he could) meet us.22. The teacher asked me why (was I, I was) late for class.


C. Change each of the following questions to an indirect statement. Begin each one with the words given after it inparentheses.

1. Where is the director’s office? (I don’t know ____________.) º (I don’t know where the director’s office is.)2. Where did Miss Dale go? (He wants to know ____________________.)3. What time is it? (I wonder ____________________.)4. In which file is the letter? (Mr. Ames wants to know ____________________.)5. How much does this cost? (I would like to know ____________________.)6. How is he getting along? (The director wants to know ____________________.)7. When is he leaving for the coast? (No one seems to know ____________________.)8. When will Mr. Saki get back? (He asked me ____________________.)9. What is the price of this book? (She said she didn’t know ____________________.)10. Where is he? (Do you know ____________________?)11. Did he finish his examination? (The teacher asked ____________________.)12. Does he live in Brooklyn? (Ask him ____________________.)13. Where did you put it? (I forget ____________________.)14. What does it mean? (I asked him ____________________.)15. Where is she going? (I don’t know ____________________.)16. What time is he coming back? (He didn’t tell me ____________________.)17. Where is it? (I haven’t any idea ____________________.)18. Did she take it with her? (I really don’t know ____________________.)19. How well does she speak English? (He wants to know ____________________.)20. Is he coming back today? (I’m not sure ____________________.)21. Where is he going? (He didn’t tell anyone ____________________.)22. Did he return the book? (I don’t know ____________________.)

INDIRECT SPEECH Commands

Express orders or commands in indirect speech by using the infinitive form.He said to me “Come back later.” þ He told me to come back later.She said to me, “Don’t wait for me.” þ She told me not to wait for her.


A. Change the following sentences from direct to indirect speech.1. My husband said to me, “Wait for me outside.” þ (My husband told me to wait for him outside.)2. The teacher said to us, “Don’t make so much noise.”

3. He told me, “Try to come on time.”

4. He begged us, “Please send me some money at once.”

5. He asked us, “Please sit down for a few minutes.”

6. She said to me, “Don’t forget what I have told you.”

7. The teacher asked us, “Please be more careful when you write your compositions.”

8. He said to me angrily, “Don’t make the same mistake again.”

9. The doctor said, “Come back again tomorrow.”

10. I said to him, “Don’t call me again at this late hour.”

11. He begged me, “Please don’t mention this to Margaret.”

12. I said to the boy, “Put the package inside the door.”

13. The teacher said to us, “Type your compositions.”

14. I said to him, “Don’t ever try that trick again.”

B. Give in indirect speech what the teacher told you to do.

1. Wait outside in the hall. þ (The teacher told me to wait outside in the hall.)2. Stay after class.

3. Don’t make so much noise.

4. Look out the window, but don’t open it.

5. Stop talking to Anna.

6. Sit up straight in your seat.

7. Be quiet while I am talking.

8. Pay more attention to what I say.

INDIRECT SPEECH REVIEW

Change the following to indirect speech.

1. She said,“I need a vacation.” þ (She said she needed a vacation.)“The students need more practice in speaking.”

“These exercises are difficult for me.”

“I don’t feel well.”

“Nobody can do that work as well as you.”

“I’ll be back soon.”


“I may be a few minutes late.”

“I have already seen that movie.”2. He asked me,

“When did you move here?” þ (He asked me when I moved here.)“Where does that girl live?”

“How old are you?”

“What time is it?”

“Where are you going?”

“How long have you studied English?”

“Do you like to study English?”3. I don’t know,

“When are we leaving?” þ (I don’t know when we’re leaving.)“Where does she live?”

“What time is it?”

“Where did they go?”

“Does she speak English well?”

“How long has she been studying English?”

“What is her first name?”4. I said to them,

“Don’t be afraid.” þ (I told them not to be afraid.)“Wait outside for me.”

“Come back in an hour.”

“Don’t mention this to anyone.”

“Do me a favor and come back later.”

“Don’t go by bus.”

Reported speech (1) (He said that ...)A. Study this example situation:You want to tell somebody else what Tom said.There are two ways of doing this:You can repeat Tom’s words (direct speech):Tom said ‘I’m feeling ill.’Or you can use reported speech:Tom said that he was feeling ill.Compare:direct: Tom said I am feeling ill.’ in writing we use these to show direct speech.reported: Tom said that he was feeling ill.

B. When we use reported speech, the main verb of the sentence is usually past (Tom said that ... Itold her that ... etc.). The rest of the sentence is usually past too:* Tom said that he was feeling ill.* I told her that I didn’t have any money.You can leave out that:* Tom said (that) he was feeling ill.* I told her (that) I didn’t have any money.In general, the present form in direct speech changes to the past form in reported speech:am/is -> was


do/does -> didwill -> wouldare -> werehave/has -> hadcan -> couldwant/like/know/go etc. -> want/liked/knew/went etc.Compare direct speech and reported speech:You met Judy. Here are some of the things she said to you in direct speech:Judy:‘my parents are very well.’‘I’m going to learn to drive.’‘John has given up his job.’‘I can’t come to the party on Friday.’‘I want to go away for a holiday but I don’t know where to go.’ ‘I’m going away for a few days. I’ll phoneyou when I get back.’Later you tell somebody what Judy said. You use reported speech:* Judy said that her parents were very well.* She said that she was going to learn to drive.* She said that John had given up his job.* She said that she couldn’t come to the party on Friday.* She said that she wanted to go away for a holiday but (she) didn’t know where to go.* She said that she was going away for a few days and would phone me when she got back.

C. The past simple (did/saw/knew etc.) can usually stay the same in reported speech, or you canchange it to the past Perfect (had done/had seen/had known etc.):direct: Tom said: ‘I woke up feeling ill, so I didn’t go to work.’reported: Tom said (that) he woke up feeling ill, so he didn’t go to work. or Tom said (that) he hadwoken up feeling ill, so he hadn’t gone to work.EXERCISES46.1 Yesterday you met a friend of yours, Charlie. Here are some of the things Charlie said to you:1. I’m living in London now.2. My father isn’t very well.3. Sharon and Paul are getting married next month.4. Margaret has had a baby.5. I don’t know what Fred is doing.6. I saw Helen at a party in June and she seemed fine.7. I haven’t seen Diane recently.8. I’m not enjoying my job very much.9. You can come and stay at my flat if you are ever in London.10. My car was stolen a few weeks ago.11. I want to go on holiday but I can’t afford it.12. I’ll tell Ann I saw you.Later that day you tell another friend what Charlie said. Use reported speech.1. Charlie said that he was living in London now.2. He said that _______________ 3. He _______________ 4. _______________ 5. _______________ 6. _______________ 7. _______________ 8. _______________ 9. _______________ 10. _______________ 11. _______________ 12. _______________

46.2 Somebody says something to you which is the opposite of what they said before. Write a suitable answerbeginning I thought you said ....1. A: That restaurant is expensive.B: is It? I thought you said it was cheap.2. A: Ann is coming to the party tonight.B: Is she? I thought you said she _______________


3. A: Ann likes Paul.B: Does she? I thought _______________ 4. A: I know lots of people.B: Do you? I thought you said you _______________ 5. A: I’ll be here next week.B: Will you? _______________ 6. A: I’m going out this evening.B: Are you? _______________ 7. A: I can speak a little French.B: Can you? _______________ 8. A: I haven’t been to the cinema for ages.B: Haven’t you? _______________

Questions (2) (Do you know where..? She asked me where ...)A. When we ask for information, we often say Do you know ...?/Could you tell me ...? etc. If you begina question like this, the word order is different from a simple question.Compare:Where has Tom gone? (simple question)but Do you know where Tom has gone? (not ‘Do you know where has Tom gone?’)When the question (Where has Tom gone?) is part of a longer sentence (Do you know ...?/I don’tknow .../Can you tell me ...? etc.), it loses the normal question word order.Compare:* What time is it? but Do you know what time it is?* Who is that woman? but I don’t know who that woman is.* Where can I find Linda? but Can you tell me where I can find Linda?* How much will it cost? but Have you any idea how much it will cost?Be careful with do/does/did questions:* What time the film begins? but Do you know what time the film begins? (not ‘Do you know what time does ..’)* What do you mean? but Please explain what you mean.* Why did Ann leave early? but I wonder why Ann left early.Use if or whether where there is no other question word (what, why etc.):* Did anybody see you? but Do you know if (or whether) anybody saw you?

B. The same changes in word order happen in reported questions:direct: The police officer said to us, "Where are you going?reported: The police officer asked us where we were-going.direct: Clare said, ‘What time do the bank close?reported: Clare wanted to know what time the banks closed.In reported questions, the verb usually changes to the past (were, closed). See Unit 46.Study these examples. You had an interview for a job and these were some of the questions the interviewer asked you:

INTERVIEWERHow old are you?What do you do in your spare time?How long have you been working in your present job?Why did you apply for the job?Can you speak any foreign languages?Have you got a driving licence?Later you tell a friend what the interviewer asked you. You use reported speech:* She asked (me) how old I was.* She wanted to know what I did in my spare time.* She asked (me) how long I had been working in my present job.* She asked (me) why I had applied for the job. (or ... why I applied)* She wanted to know whether (or if) I could speak any foreign languages.* She asked whether (or if) I had a driving licence. (or ... I had got ... )

EXERCISES49.1 Make a new sentence from the question in brackets.1. (Where has Tom gone?) Do you know where Tom has gone?2. (Where is the post office?) Could you tell me where _______________ 3. (What’s the time?) I wonder _______________ 4. (What does this word mean?) I want to know _______________


5. (What time did they leave?) Do you know _______________ 6. (Is Sue going out tonight?) I don’t know _______________ 7. (Where does Carol live?) Have you any idea _______________ 8. (Where did I park the car?) I can’t remember _______________ 9. (Is there a bank near here?) Can you tell me _______________ 10. (What do you want?) Tell me _______________ 11. (Why didn’t Kay come to the party?) I don’t know _______________ 12. (Do you have to pay to park here?) Do you know _______________ 13. (Who is that woman?) I’ve no idea _______________ 14. (Did Ann receive my letter?) Do you know _______________ 15. (How far is it to the airport?) Can you tell me _______________

REPORTED STATEMENTS1. “I will go tonight”, he said.2. “She is in America”, his brother told him.3. “Tell my cousin that I”m not going.”4. “I’m not going to do it”, he told me.5. “Write it on the blackboard”, the teacher told him.6. “Sit down next to me”, she asked him.7. “Don’t tell anybody”, she asked him.8. “This restaurant is new”, he said.9. “Listen to me!” he said to her.10. “I don’t like films”, his grandfather said.11. “Can you lend me some money?” John asked his brother.12. “I don’t feel very well”, she said.13. “I have not stopped smoking yet”, Peter said.14. “ I am very tired”, his son said.15. “I didn’t buy it because it was too expensive”, he said.16. “Go away”, the old woman said to me.17. “Don’t leave the doors open”, he said to her. is.18. “Don’t be late”, my mother said to me.19. “I’m leaving you”, she said to her boyfriend.20. “Sit down on that chair”, the teacher said to him.21. “I’ll study more. I promise you”, he said to his father.22. “I’ll buy you sweets”, she said to the child.23. like my new job”, said Freddie.24. “It’s my own fault”, he recognized.25. “I’ve just heard the news”, my mother said.26. “I haven’t stolen the money”, he said to the jury.27. “Father will come tonight”, she said to the child.28. “I’ll write to you as soon as I arrive.” she said.29. “My husband has stopped drinking”, she said to us.30. “I’m going to join the army”, he said to me.31. “Write to me”, she asked him.32. “I’ll arrive tomorrow”, he said to her.33. “Sit next to me”, he asked her.34. “We will go today”, they said to him.35. “Have you finished writing the book?”, she asked him.36. “I’ll tell you tonight”, Mark said to him.37. “Type the letter”, the boss said to the secretary.38. “Don’t smoke in here”, she asked him.39. “I don”t want to go to the cinema”, said his brother.40. “I have never been there before”, he said.

REPASO MODALES

1. Make sentences from the words in brackets.a. Don’t phone Ann now. (she might/have/lunch) _______________ She might be having lunch.b. I ate too much. Now I feet sick. (I shouldn’t/eat/so much) _______________ shouldn’t have eaten so much.c. I wonder why Tom didn’t phone me. (he must/forget)d. Why did you go home so early? (you needn’t/go I home so early)


e. You’ve signed the contract. (it/can’t/change/now)f. ‘What’s Linda doing?’ ‘I’m not sure.’ (she may I watch/television)g. Ann was standing outside the cinema. (she must/wait/for somebody)h. He was in prison at the time that the crime was committed, so (he couldn’t/do/it).i. Why weren’t you here earlier? (you ought/be/here earlier)j. Why didn’t you ask me to help you? (I would/help/you)k. I’m surprised nobody told you that the road was very dangerous. (you should/warn)l. George was in a strange mood yesterday. (he might not/feel/very well)

Unit 26. Can, could and (be) able to (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)A. We use can to say that something is possible or that somebody has the ability to do something.* We use can + infinitive (can do/can see etc.):* We can see the lake from our bedroom window.* Can you speak any foreign languages?* I can come and see you tomorrow if you like.The negative is can’t (= cannot):* I’m afraid I can’t come to the party on Friday.

B. (Be) able to ... is possible instead of can, but can is more usual:* Are you able to speak any foreign languages?But can has only two forms, can (present) and could (past). So sometimes it is necessary to use (be) able to ... Compare:* I can’t sleep.but I haven’t been able to sleep recently. (can has no present perfect)* Tom can come tomorrow.but Tom might be able to come tomorrow. (can has no infinitive)

C. Could and was able to ...Sometimes could is the past of can. We use could especially with:see, hear, smell, taste, feel, remember, understand* When we went into the house, we could smell burning.* She spoke in a very low voice, but I could understand what she said.We also use could to say that somebody had the general ability or permission to do something:* My grandfather could speak five languages.* We were completely free. We could do what we wanted. (= we were allowed to do ...)We use could for general ability. But if we are talking about what happened in a particular situation, we use was/were ableto ... or managed to ... (not could):* The fire spread through the building quickly but everybody was able to escape.or ... everybody managed to escape. (but not ‘could escape’)* They didn’t want to come with us at first but we managed to persuade them.or ... we were able to persuade them. (but not ‘could persuade’)Compare:* Jack was an excellent tennis player. He could beat anybody. he had the general ability to beat anybody)but* Jack and Alf had a game of tennis yesterday. Alf played very well but in the end Jack managed to beat him. or ... was ableto beat him. (= he managed to beat him in this particular game)The negative couldn’t (could not) is possible in all situations:* My grandfather couldn’t (could not) is possible in all situations* We tried hard but we couldn’t persuade them to come with us.* Alf played well but he couldn’t beat Jack.

EXERCISES26.1 Complete the sentences using can or (be) able to. Use can if possible; otherwise use (be) able to.1. George has travelled a lot. He can speak four languages.2. I haven’t been able to sleep very well recently.3. Sandra _______________ drive but she hasn’t got a car.4. I can’t understand Martin. I’ve never _______________ understand him.5. I used to _______________ stand on my head but I can’t do it now.6. I can’t see you on Friday but I _______________ meet you on Saturday morning.7. Ask Catherine about your problem. She might _______________ help you.

26.2 Write sentences about yourself using the ideas in brackets.1. (something you used to be able to do) I used to be able to sing well.


2. (something you used to be able to do) I used _______________ 3. (something you would like to be able to do) I’d _______________ 4. (something you have never been able to do) I’ve _______________

26.3 Complete the sentences with can/can’t/could/couldn’t + one of these verbs: come, eat, hear, run, sleep, wait1. I’m afraid I can’t come to your party next week.2. When Tim was 16, he was a fast runner. He _______________ 100 meters in 11 seconds.3. Are you in a hurry?’ ‘No, I’ve got plenty of time. I _______________.’4. I was feeling sick yesterday. I _______________ anything.5. Can you speak up a bit? I _______________ you very well.6. ‘You look tired.’ ‘Yes, I _______________ last night,’

26.4 Complete the answers to the questions with was/were able to.1 A: Did everybody escape from the fire?B: Yes. Although the fire spread quickly, everybody was able to escape.2 A: Did you have difficulty finding Ann’s house?B: Not really. Ann had given us good directions and we _______________ 3. A: Did you finish your work this afternoon?B: Yes. There was nobody to disturb me, so _______________ 4. A: Did the thief get away?B: Yes. No one realised what was happening and the thief _______________

26.5 Complete the sentences using could, couldn’t or was/were able to.1. My grandfather was a very clever man. He could speak five languages.2. I looked everywhere for the book but I couldn’t find it.3. They didn’t want to come with us at first but we were able to persuade them.4. Laura had hurt her leg and _______________ walk very well.5. Sue wasn’t at home when I phoned but I _______________ contact her at her office.6. I looked very carefully and I _______________ see a figure in the distance.7. I wanted to buy some tomatoes. The first shop I went to didn’t have any but I _______________ get some in the nextshop.8. My grandmother loved music. She _______________ play the piano very well.9. A girl fell into the river but fortunately we _______________ rescue her.10. I had forgotten to bring my camera so I _______________ take any photographs.

MAY

May shows permission: You may go in now. (You are permitted to enter.)

May also indicates possible future action: He may leave tomorrow. (He hasn’t decided yet.)

A. Change each of those sentences to introduce may.

1. It is possible that he’ll return later. (He may return later.)2. Perhaps she’ll help us with this work. (She may help us with this work.)3. It is possible Len will be at the meeting tonight.

4. Perhaps Loretta will lend us the money.

5. Perhaps she will call you later.

6. Possibly Frank will offer to lend his car.

7. Possibly the weather will get warmer tomorrow.

8. It is possible that she is sick.

9. It is possible you will feel better later.

10. Perhaps it will not rain this afternoon.

11. It is possible that we will be late for the meeting.


12. Perhaps he will not want to go with us.

13. Possibly they will go by plane.

14. Perhaps they will go to South America instead of to Europe on their vacation.

B. Answer each of these questions using may. Also add I’m not sure at the end of your answer.

1. Will Lois help us with the work? (She may help us with the work. I’m not sure.)2. Will Ian pass all his examinations?3. Will David be back by noon?4. Will May drive us to the beach?5. Are you going to the movies tonight?6. Are you going to Europe on your vacation?7. Will Nell wait for us after the lesson?8. Will you see Liz tomorrow?9. Will Fran lend us the money which we need?10. Are the Kleins going to take the children with them to Toronto?

Must and can’tA. Study this example:We use must to say that we feel sure something is true:* You’ve been travelling all day. You must be tired. (Travelling is tiring and you’ve been travelling all day, so you mustbe tired.)* ‘Jim is a hard worker.’ ‘Jim? A hard worker? You must be joking. He’s very lazy.’* Carol must get very bored in her job. She does the same thing every day.We use can’t to say that we feel sure something is not possible:* You’ve just had lunch. You can’t be hungry already. (People are not normally hungry just after eating a meal. You’ve justeaten, so you can’t be hungry.)* Brian said he would definitely be here before 9.30. It’s 10 o’clock now and he’s never late. He can’t be coming.* They haven’t lived here for very long. They can’t know many people.

Study the structure:I/you/he (etc.) must/can’t be (tired/hungry/at work etc.)I/you/he (etc.) must/can’t be (doing/coming/joking etc.) do/go/know/have etc.I/you/he (etc.) must/can’t do/go/know/have etc.

B. For the past we use must have (done) and can’t have (done). Study this example:George is outside his friends’ house.He has rung the doorbell three times but nobody has answered.They must have gone out. (otherwise they would have answered)* The phone rang but I didn’t hear it. I must have been asleep.* I’ve lost one of my gloves. I must have dropped it somewhere.* Jane walked past me without speaking. She can’t have seen me.* Tom walked straight into a wall. He can’t have been looking where he was going.

Study the structure:I/you/he (etc.) must/can’t have been (asleep/at work etc.)I/you/he (etc.) must/can’t have been (doing/working etc.)I/you/he (etc.) must/can’t have done /gone/known/had etc.Couldn’t have ... is possible instead of can’t have ...:* She couldn’t have seen me.* Tom couldn’t have been looking where he was going.

EXERCISES28.1 Put in must or can’t.1. You’ve been travelling all day. You must be very tired.2. That restaurant _______________ be very good. It’s always full of people.3. That restaurant _______________ be very good. It’s always empty.


4. You’re going on holiday next week. You _______________ be looking forward to it.5. It rained every day during their holiday, so they _______________ have had a very nice time.6. Congratulations on passing your exam. You _______________ be very pleased.7. You got here very quickly. You _______________ have walked very fast.8. Bill and Sue go away on holiday very often, so they _______________ be short of money.

28.2 Complete the sentences with a verb in the correct form.1. I’ve lost one of my gloves. I must have dropped it somewhere.2. They haven’t lived here for long. They can’t know many people.3. Ted isn’t at work today. He must _______________ ill.4. Ted wasn’t at work last week. He must _______________ ill.5. (The doorbell rings) I wonder who that is. It can’t _______________ Mary. She’s still at work at this time.6. Carol knows a lot about films. She must _______________ to the cinema a lot.7. Look. Jack is putting on his hat and coat. He must _______________ out.8. I left my bike outside the house last night and this morning it isn’t there any more. Somebody must _______________it.9. Ann was in a very difficult situation. It can’t _______________ easy for her.10. There is a man walking behind us. He has been walking behind us for the last 20 minutes. He must _______________us.28.3 Read the situations and use the words in brackets to write sentences with must have and can’t have.1. The phone rang but I didn’t hear it. (I/asleep) þ I must have been asleep.2. Jane walked past me without speaking. (she/see/me) þ She can’t have seen me.3. The jacket you bought is very good quality. (it/very expensive)4. I haven’t seen the people next door for ages. (they/go away)5. I can’t find my umbrella. (I/leave/it in the restaurant last night)6. Don passed the exam without studying for it. (the exam/very difficult)7. She knew everything about our plans. (she/listen/to our conversation)8. Fiona did the opposite of what I asked her to do. (she/understand/what I said)9. When I woke up this morning, the light was on. (I/forget/to turn it off)10. The lights were red but the car didn’t stop. (the driver I see/the red light)11. I was woken up in the middle of the night by the noise next door. (the neighbours/have/a party)

May and might (1)A. Study this example situation:You are looking for Bob. Nobody is sure where he is but you get some suggestions.You: Where’s Bob?He may be in his office. (= perhaps he is in his office)He might be having lunch. (= perhaps he is having lunch)Ask Ann. She might know. (= perhaps she knows)We use may or might to say that something is a possibility. Usually you can use may or might you can say:* It may be true. or It might be true. (= perhaps it is true)* She might know. or She may know.The negative forms are may not and might not (or mightn’t):* It might not be true. (= perhaps it isn’t true)* I’m not sure whether I can lend you any money. I may not have enough. (= perhaps I don’t have enough)Study the structure:I/you/he (etc.) may/might (not) be (true/in his office etc.)I/you/he (etc.) may/might (not) be (doing/working/having etc.)I/you/he (etc.) may/might (not) do/know/have/want etc.B. For the past we use may have (done) or might have (done):* A: I wonder why Kay didn’t answer the phone.B: She may have been asleep. (= perhaps she was asleep)* A: I can’t find my bag anywhere.B: You might have left it in the shop. (= perhaps you left it in the shop)* A: I was surprised that Sarah wasn’t at the meeting.B: She might not have known about it. (= perhaps she didn’t know)* A: I wonder why Colin was in such a bad mood yesterday.B: He may not have been feeling well. (= perhaps he wasn’t feeling well)Study the structure:I/you/he (etc.) may/might (not) have been (asleep/at home etc.)I/you/he (etc.) may/might (not) have been (doing/waiting etc.)I/you/he (etc.) may/might (not) have done/known/had/seen etc.C. Sometimes could has a similar meaning to may and might:


* The phone’s ringing. It could be Tim. (= it may/might be Tim)* You could have left your bag in the shop. (= you may/might have left it ...)But couldn’t (negative) is different from may not and might not. Compare:* She was too far away, so she couldn’t have seen you. (= it is not possible that she saw you)* A: I wonder why she didn’t say hello.B: She might not have seen you. (= perhaps she didn’t see you; perhaps she did)

EXERCISES29.1 Write these sentences in a different way using may or might.1. Perhaps Margaret is in her office. She might be in her office.2. Perhaps Margaret is busy.3. Perhaps she is working.4. Perhaps she wants to be alone.5. Perhaps she was ill yesterday.6. Perhaps she went home early.7. Perhaps she had to go home early.8. Perhaps she was working yesterday.In sentences 9-11 use may not or might not.9. Perhaps she doesn’t want to see me.10. Perhaps she isn’t working today.11. Perhaps she wasn’t feeling well yesterday.

29.2 Complete the sentences with a verb in the correct form.1. ‘Where’s Bob?’ ‘I’m not sure. He might be having lunch.’2. ‘Who is that man with Ann?’ ‘I’m not sure. It might _______________ her brother.’3. ‘Who was the man we saw with Ann yesterday?’ ‘I’m not sure. It might _______________ her brother.’4. ‘Why are those people waiting in the street?’ ‘I don’t know. They might _______________ for a bus.’5. ‘Shall I buy this book for Tim?’ ‘You’d better not. He might already _______________ it.’

29.3 Read the situations and make sentences from the words in brackets. Use may or might.1. 1. I can’t find George anywhere. I wonder where he is.

a. (he/go/shopping) He may have gone shopping.b. (he/play/tennis) He might be playing tennis.

2. I’m looking for Helen. Do you know where she is?a. (she/watch/TV/in her room)b. (she/go/out)

3. I can’t find my umbrella. Have you seen it?a. (it/be/in the car)b. (you/leave/in the restaurant last night)

4. Why didn’t Tom answer the doorbell? I’m sure he was in the house at the time.a. (he/be/in the bath)b. (he/not/hear/the bell)

29.4 Complete the sentences using might not or couldn’t.1. A: Do you think she saw you?

B: No, she was too far away. She couldn’t have seen me.2. A: I wonder why she didn’t say hello. Perhaps she didn’t see me.

B: That’s possible. She might not have seen you.3. A: I wonder why Ann didn’t come to the party. Perhaps she wasn’t invited.

B: Yes, it’s possible. She _______________ 4. A: Tom loves parties. I’m sure he would have come to the party if he’d been invited.

B: I agree. He _______________ 5. A: I wonder how the fire started. Do you think it was an accident?

B: No, the police say it _______________ 6. A: How did the fire start? I suppose it was an accident.

B: Well, the police aren’t sure. They say it _______________

UNIT 30. May and might (2) (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)A. We use may and might to talk about possible actions or happenings in the future:* I haven’t decided yet where to spend my holidays. I may go to Ireland. (= perhaps I will go to Ireland)* Take an umbrella with you when you go out. It might rain later. (= perhaps it will rain)* The bus doesn’t always come on time. We might have to wait a few minutes. (= perhaps we will have to wait)The negative forms are may not and might not (mightn’t):


* Ann may not come to the party tonight. She isn’t well. (= perhaps she will not come)* There might not be a meeting on Friday because the director is ill. (= perhaps there will not be a meeting)

B. Usually it doesn’t matter whether you use may or might. So you can say: * I may go to Ireland. or I might go to Ireland.* Jane might be able to help you. or Jane may be able to help you.But we use only might (not may) when the situation is not real:* If I knew them better, I might invite them to dinner. (The situation here is not real because I don’t know them very well,so I’m not going to invite them. ‘May’ is not possible in this example.)

C. There is also a continuous form: may/might be ~ing. Compare this with will be ~ing:* Don’t phone at 8.30. I’ll be watching the football on television.* Don’t phone at 8.30. I might be watching (or I may be watching) the football on television. (= perhaps I’ll be watchingit)

We also use may/might be ~ing for possible plans. Compare:* I’m going to Ireland in July. (for sure)* I may be going (or I might be going) to Ireland in July. (possible) But you can also say ‘I may go (orI might go) to Ireland ...’ with little difference of meaning.

D. Might as well/may as wellStudy this example:Helen and Clare have just missed the bus. The buses run every hour.Helen: What shall we do? Shall we walk?Clare: We might as well. It’s a nice day and I don’t want to wait here for an hour.‘(We) might as well do something’= (We) should do something because there is nothing better to do and there is no reasonnot to do it.You can also say ‘may as well’.* A: What time are you going?B: Well, I’m ready, so I might as well go now. (or ... I may as well go now)* The buses are so expensive these days, you might as well get a taxi. (= taxis are just as good, no more expensive)

EXERCISES30. Write sentences with may or might.1. Where are you going for your holidays? (to Ireland???)I haven’t decided yet. I may go to Ireland.2. What sort of car are you going to buy? (a Mercedes???)I’m not sure yet. I _______________ 3. What are you doing this weekend? (go to London???)I haven’t decided yet. _______________ 4. Where are you going to hang that picture? (in the dining room???)I haven’t made up my mind yet. _______________ 5. When is Tom coming to see us? (on Saturday???)I don’t know yet. _______________ 6. What is Julia going to do when she leaves school? (go to university???)She hasn’t decided yet. _______________

30.2 Complete the sentences using might + one of these verbs: bite, break, need, rain, slip, wake1. Take an umbrella with you when you go out. It _might rain_ later.2. Don’t make too much noise. You _______________ the baby.3. Be careful of that dog. It _______________ you.4. I don’t think we should throw that letter away. We _______________ it later.5. Be careful. The footpath is very icy. You _______________ 6. I don’t want the children to play in this room. They _______________ something.

30.3 Complete the sentences using might be able to or might have to + a suitable verb.1. I can’t help you but why don’t you ask Jill? She might be able to help you.2. I can’t meet you this evening but I _______________ you tomorrow evening.3 I’m not working on Saturday but I _______________ on Sunday.4. George isn’t well. He _______________ to hospital for an operation.

30.4 Write sentences with may not or might not.1. (I don’t know if Ann will come to the party.) Ann might not come to the party.2. (I don’t know if I’ll go out this evening.) I _______________


3. (I don’t know if Tom will like the present I bought for him.)Tom _______________ 4. (I don’t know if Sue will be able to meet us this evening.) _______________

Must mustn’t needn’tA. Must, mustn’t, needn’t‘You must do something’ = it is necessary that you do it:* Don’t tell anybody what I said. You must keep it a secret.* We haven’t got much time. We must hurry.‘You mustn’t do something’ = it is necessary that you do not do it (so don’t do it):* You must keep it a secret. You mustn’t tell anybody else. (= don’t tell anybody else)* It’s essential that nobody hears us. We mustn’t make any noise.‘You needn’t do something’ = it is not necessary that you do it, you don’t need to do it:* You can come with me if you like but you needn’t come if you don’t want to. (= it is not necessary for you to come)* We’ve got plenty of time. We needn’t hurry. (= it is not necessary to hurry)

B. Instead of needn’t, you can use don’t/doesn’t need to. So you can say:* We needn’t hurry. or We don’t need to hurry.Remember that we say ‘don’t need to do’, but ‘needn’t do’ (without to).Needn’t and don’t need to are similar to don’t have to:* We’ve got plenty of time. We don’t have to hurry.

EXERCISES32.1 Complete the sentences using needn’t + one of these verbs:ask come explain leave tell walk1. We’ve got plenty of time. We needn’t leave yet.2. I can manage the shopping alone. You _______________ with me.3. We _______________ all the way home. We can get a taxi.4. just help yourself if you’d like something to eat. You _______________ first.5. We can keep this a secret between ourselves. We _______________ anybody else.6. I understand the situation perfectly. You _______________ further.

32.2 Complete the sentences with must, mustn’t or needn’t.1. We haven’t got much time. We must hurry.2. We’ve got plenty of time. We needn’t hurry.3. We have enough food at home so we _______________ go shopping today.4. Jim gave me a letter to post. I _______________ remember to post it.5. Jim gave me a letter to post. I _______________ forget to post it.6. There’s plenty of time for you to make up your mind. You _______________ decide now.7. You _______________ wash those tomatoes. They’ve already been washed.8. This is a valuable book. You _______________ look after it carefully and you _______________ lose it.9. ‘What sort of house do you want to buy? Something big?’ ‘Well, it _______________ be big--that’s not important.But it _______________ have a nice garden--that’s essential.’

33.2 Read the situations and write sentences with I think/I don’t think ... should ...1. Peter and Judy are planning to get married. You think it’s a bad idea. (get married) I don’t think they should get married.2. You don’t like smoking, especially in restaurants. (be banned) I think _______________.3. I have a very bad cold but I plan to go out this evening. You don’t think this is a good idea. You say to me: (go out)_______________.4. You are fed up with the government. You think they have made too many mistakes. (resign) _______________.

33.3 Complete the sentences with should (have) + the verb in brackets.1. Margaret should pass the exam. She’s been studying very hard. (pass)2. You missed a great party last night. You should have come. (come)3. We don’t see you enough. You _______________ and see us more often. (come)4. I’m in a difficult position. What do you think I _______________ ? (do)5. I’m sorry that I didn’t take your advice. I _______________ what you said. (do)6. I’m playing tennis with Jill tomorrow. She _______________ she’s much better than me. (win)7. We lost the match but we _______________. We were the better team. (win)8. ‘Is John here yet?’ ‘Not yet, but he _______________ here soon.’ (be)9. I posted the letter three days ago, so it _______________ by now. (arrive)

33.4 Read the situations and write sentences with should/shouldn’t. Some of the sentences are past and some are


present.1. I’m feeling sick. I ate too much. I shouldn’t have eaten so much.2. That man on the motorbike isn’t wearing a helmet. That’s dangerous. He should be wearing a helmet.3. When we got to the restaurant, there were no free tables. We hadn’t reserved one. We _______________.4. The notice says that the shop is open every day from 8.30. It is 9 o’clock now but the shop isn’t open yet._______________.5. The speed limit is 30 miles an hour, but Catherine is doing 50. She _______________.6. I went to Paris. A friend of mine lives in Paris but I didn’t go to see him while I was there. When I saw him later, he said:You _______________.7. I was driving behind another car. Suddenly, the driver in front stopped without warning and I drove into the back of hiscar. It wasn’t my fault _______________.8. I walked into a wall. I wasn’t looking where I was going.

Can/Could/Would you ...? etc. (Requests, offers, permission and invitations)A. Asking people to do things (requests)We often use can or could to ask people to do things:* Can you wait a moment, please? or Could you wait a moment, please?* Liz, can you do me a favour?* Excuse me, could you tell me how to get to the airport?* I wonder if you could help me.Note that we say ‘Do you think (you) could ...? (not usually ‘can’):* Do you think you could lend me some money until next week?We also use will and would to ask people to do things (but can/could are more usual):* Liz, will you do me a favour?* Would you please be quiet? I’m trying to concentrate.

B. Asking for thingsTo ask for something we use Can I have ...? or Could I have ...?:* (in a shop) Can I have these postcards, please?* (during a meal) Could I have the salt, please?May I have ...? is also possible (but less usual):* May I have these postcards, please?

C. Asking for and giving permissionTo ask for permission to do something, we use can, could or may:* (on the phone) Hello, can I speak to Tom, please?* ‘Could I use your phone?’ ‘Yes, of course.’* Do you think I could borrow your bike?* ‘May I come in?’ ‘Yes, please do.’To give permission, we use can or may.* You can use the phone. or You may use the phone.May is formal and less usual than can or could.

D. Offering to do things. To offer to do something, we sometimes use Can I ...?:* ‘Can I get you a cup of coffee?’ ‘Yes, that would be very nice.’* ‘Can I help you?’ ‘No, it’s all right. I can manage.’You can also use I’ll ... to offer to do things (see Unit 21C):* You look tired. I’ll get you a cup of coffee.

E. Offering and invitingTo offer or to invite we use Would you like ...? (not do you like)* ‘Would you like a cup of coffee?’ ‘Yes, please.’* ‘Would you like to come to dinner tomorrow evening?’ ‘Yes, I’d love to.’I’d like ... is a polite way of saying what you want:* (at a tourist information office) I’d like some information about hotels, please.* (in a shop) I’d like to try on this jacket, please.

EXERCISES36.1 Read the situations and write questions beginning Can ... or Could ...1. You’re carrying a lot of things. You can’t open the door yourself. There’s a man standing near the door. You say to him:Could you open the door, please?2. You phone Ann but somebody else answers. Ann isn’t there. You want to leave a message for her.You say: _______________


3. You are a tourist. You want to go to the station but you don’t know where it is. You ask at your hotel.You say: _______________ 4. You are in a clothes shop. You see some trousers you like and you want to try them on. You say to the shop assistant:_______________ 5. You have a car. You have to go to the same place as John, who hasn’t got a car. You want to give him a lift. You say toJohn: _______________

Modal verbs (can/must/would) etc

1. Complete B’s sentences using can/could/might/must/should/would + the verb in brackets. In some sentences you needto use have / must have .../should have ... etc. In some sentences you need the negative (can’t/couldn’t etc.).a. A: I’m hungry.

B: But you’ve just had lunch. You (be) can’t be hungry already.b. A: I haven’t seen our neighbours for ages.

B: No. They (go) must have gone away.c. A: What’s the weather like? Is it raining?

B: Not at the moment but it (rain)_______________ later.d. A: Where has Julia gone?

B: I’m not sure. She (go)_______________ to the bank.e. A: I didn’t see you at John’s party last week.

B: No, I had to work that evening, so I (go)_______________.f. A: I saw you at John’s party last week.

B: No, you didn’t. You (see)_______________ me. I didn’t go to John’s party.g. A: When did you post the letter to Mary?

B: This morning. So she (get)_______________ it tomorrow.h. A: When was the last time you saw Bill?

B: Years ago. I (recognise)_______________ him if I saw him now.i. A: Did you hear the explosion?

B: What explosion?A: There was a loud explosion a few minutes ago. You (hear)_______________ it.

j. A: We weren’t sure which way to go. In the end we turned right.B: You went the wrong way. You (turn) _______________ left.

REPASO PASIVA

PASSIVE VOICE (103)

The passive voice shows that the subject is receiving the action of the verb. Form the passive voice by using the appropriateform of to be and the past participle of the main verb.

tense active voice passive voicePresent Amy writes a letter. A letter is written by AmyPast Amy wrote a letter. A letter was written by Amy.Future Amy will write a letter. A letter will be written by Amy.Present Perfect Amy has written a letter. A letter has been written by Amy.

Passive (1) (is done/was done)A. Study this example:This house was built in 1930.‘Was built’ is passive. Compare active and passive:Somebody built this house (object) in 1930. (active)This house (subject) was built in 1930. (passive)We use an active verb to say what the subject does:* My grandfather was a builder. He built this house in 1930.* It’s a big company. It employs two hundred people.We use a passive verb to say what happens to the subject:* This house is quite old. It was built in 1930.* Two hundred people are employed by the company.B. When we use the passive, who or what causes the action is often unknown or unimportant:* A lot of money was stolen in the robbery. (somebody stole it but we don’t know who)* Is this room cleaned every day? (does somebody clean it?--it’s not important who)If we want to say who does or what causes the action, we use by ...


* This house was built by my grandfather.* Two hundred people are employed by the company.C. The passive is be (is/was/have been etc.) + the past participle (done/cleaned/seen etc.):(be) done (be) cleaned (be) seen (be) damaged (be) built etc.For irregular past participles (done/known/seen etc.), see Appendix 1.Study the active and passive forms of the present simple and past simple:Present simpleactive: clean(s)/see(s) etc.Somebody cleans this every day.passive: am/is/are cleaned/seen etc.This room is cleaned every day.* Many accidents are caused by careless driving.* I’m not often invited to parties.* How is this word pronounced?Present simpleactive: cleaned/saw etc.Somebody cleaned this room yesterday.passive: was/were cleaned/seen etc.This room was cleaned yesterday.* We were woken up by a loud noise during the night.* ‘Did you go to the party?’ ‘No, I wasn’t invited.’* How much money was stolen?

EXERCISES41.1 Complete the sentences using one of these verbs in the correct form: cause, damage, hold, include, invite, make,overtake, show, translate, write1. Many accidents are caused by dangerous driving.2. Cheese _______________ from milk.3. The roof of the building _______________ in a storm a few days ago.4. There’s no need to leave a tip. Service _______________ in the bill.5. You _______________ to the wedding. Why didn’t you go?6. A cinema is a place where films _______________ 7. In the United States, elections for President _______________ every four years.8. Originally the book _______________ in Spanish and a few years ago it9. We were driving along quite fast but we _______________ by lots of other cars.

41.2 Write questions using the passive. Some are present and some are past.1. Ask about the telephone. (when/invent?) When was the telephone invented?2. Ask about glass. (how/make?) How _______________ 3. Ask about Australia. (when/discover?)4. Ask about silver. (what/use for?)5. Ask about television. (when/invent?)41.3 Put the verb into the correct form, present simple or past simple, active or passive.1. It’s a big factory. Five hundred people are employed (employ) there.2. Water _______________ (cover) most of the Earth’s surface.3. Most of the Earth’s surface _______________ (cover) by water.4. The park gates _______________ (lock) at 6.30 p.m. every evening.5. The letter _______________ (post) a week ago and it _______________ (arrive) yesterday.6. The boat _______________ (sink) quickly but fortunately everybody _______________ (rescue).7. Ron’s parents _______________ (die) when he was very young. He and his sister _______________ (bring) up by theirgrandparents.8. I was born in London but I _______________ (grow) up in the north of England.9. While I was on holiday, my camera _______________ (steal) from my hotel room.10. While I was on holiday, my camera _______________ (disappear) from my hotel room.11. Why _______________ (Sue/resign) from her job? Didn’t she enjoy it?12. Why _______________ (Bill/sack) from his job? What did he do wrong?13. The company is not independent. It _______________ (own) by a much larger company.14. I saw an accident last night. Somebody _______________ (call) an ambulance but nobody _______________ (injure)so the ambulance _______________ (not/need).15. Where _______________ (these photographs/take)? In London? _______________ (you/take) them?

41.4 Rewrite these sentences. Instead of using ‘somebody/they/people’ etc. write a passive sentence.1. Somebody cleans the room every day. The room is cleaned every day.


2. They cancelled all flights because of fog. All _______________ 3. People don’t use this road very often. _______________ 4. Somebody accused me of stealing money. I _______________ 5. How do people learn languages? How _______________ 6. People advised us not to go out alone. _______________

A. Change the following sentences from the active voice to the passive voice. Be sure to keep the same tense.

2. Wayne delivers the mail every day.(The mail is delivered by Wayne every day.)

3. Fire destroyed that house.

4. The audience enjoyed the concert very much.

5. Bob took that book from the desk.

6. Walter will eat the cake.

7. Beth has finished the report.

8. Ms. Duke will leave the tickets at the box office.

9. The messenger has just left a box of flowers for you.

10. The police easily captured the thief.

11. Many people attended the lecture.

12. The movie disappointed us very much.

13. Mr. Jones manages the export division.

14. John returned the money last night.

B. Change the following sentences from the passive voice to the active voice. Be sure to keep the same tense.

1. That book was written by Andy Murphy. (Andy Murphy wrote that book)2. The entire city was destroyed by the fire.

3. The town was captured by the enemy.

4. The money has been stolen from my purse by someone.

5. The book was found by Mary.

6. The book has been returned by John.

7. The book is read by many people all over the world.

8. The mail is delivered by Paula.

PASSIVE VOICE

C. Change the following sentences from active to passive. Do not change the tense.

1. The teacher corrects our exercises at home. (Our exercises are corrected at home by the teacher.)2. They started a dancing class last week.

3. Mr. Smith saw the accident.

4. He left the report on the desk.


5. Everybody will see this film soon.

6. He has just finished the report.

7. An economic crisis followed the war.

8. Somebody has taken my book.

9. The teacher returned our written work to us.

10. Valerie buys books from that store.

11. She had finished the report by noon.

12. The mad dog bit the little boy.

13. The wind blows the fog away by midmorning.

14. The committee will choose you as its representative.

15. The maid broke the plate and the glass.

16. Tall telegraph poles lined the street.

17. The newspapers reported the event immediately.

18. We heard the sound of music.

19. The police have arrested five suspects.

20. The neighborhood children discovered our club.

21. The doctor ordered him to take a long rest.

22. Lightning struck the house.

PASSIVE VOICE

Form the passive voice of can, have to, may, mast, ought to, and should with be and the past participle of the main verb.

I have to finish this work. º This work has to be finished.You can see it now. º It can be seen by you now.He should type his term paper. º His term paper should be typed.

Form the passive voice in the continuous tenses with being and the past participle of the main verb.

She is lighting the candle. º The candle is being lighted by her

Change the following sentences from the active to the passive voice.

1. We may finish the leftovers in the refrigerator. (The leftovers may be finished.)2. They should send it to us at once.

3. The mailman is delivering the mail now.

4. He has to finish it today.

5. The police are holding him for further questioning.

6. They may organize a new group next week.


7. You ought to send the package by airmail.

8. The citizens are defending the city bravely.

9. They cannot hold the meeting in that room.

10. They may deliver the merchandise while we are out.

11. He has to pay the bill before the first of the month.

12. He may pay the bill for us.

13. Congress is debating that question today.

14. For the time being, Karen is teaching that group.

15. You ought to water the plant once a week.

16. The company is shipping the merchandise today.

17. We must warn them of the danger.

18. They couldn't sell the house at that price.

19. They are sending my aunt to Europe on a special mission.

20. You should ensure the package

Passive1. Put the verb into the most suitable passive form.

a. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are being followed (follow).b. A mystery is something that can’t be explained (can’t/explain).c. We didn’t play football yesterday. The match (cancel) _______________.d. The television (repair). It’s working again now.e. The church tower (restore). The work is almost finished.f. ‘How old is the tower?’ ‘It (believe) _______________ to be over 600 years old.’g. If I didn’t do my job properly, I (would/sack).h. A: I left some papers on the desk last night and I can’t find them now.B: They (might/throw) _______________ away.i. I learnt to swim when I was very young. I (teach) _______________ by my mother.j. After (arrest) _______________ , I was taken to the police station.k. (you/ever/arrest) _______________?’ ‘No, never.’

2. Put the verb into the correct form, active or passive.a. This house is quite old. It was built (build) over 100 years ago.b. My grandfather was a builder. He built. (build) this house many years ago.c. ‘Is your car still for sale?’ ‘No, I (sell) _______________ it.’d. ‘Is the house at the end of the street still for sale?’ ‘No, it (sell) _______________.’e. Sometimes mistakes (make) _______________ . It’s inevitable.f. I wouldn’t leave your car unlocked. It (might/steal) _______________ .g. My bag has disappeared. It (must/steal) _______________ .h. I can’t find my hat. Somebody (must/take) _______________ it by mistake.i. It’s a serious problem. I don’t know how it (can/solve) _______________ .j. We didn’t leave early enough. We (should/leave) earlier _______________ .k. Every time I travel by plane, my flight (delay) _______________ .l. A new bridge (build) _______________ across the river.

3. Read these newspaper reports and put the verbs into the most suitable form.a. Castle fire

Winton Castle (1) was damaged (damage) in a fire last night. The fire, which (2) (discover) _______________ atabout 9 o’clock, spread very quickly. Nobody (3) (injure) _______________ but two people had to (4) (rescue)_______________ from an upstairs room. A number of paintings (5) (believe/destroy) _______________. It (6)(not/know) _______________ how the fire starred.


b. SHOP ROBBERYIn Paxham yesterday a shop assistant (1) (force) _______________ to hand over 500 Pounds after (2) (threaten)_______________ by a man with a knife. The man escaped in a car which (3) (steal) _______________ earlierin the day. The car (4) (later/find) in a car park where it (5) (abandon) _______________ by the thief. A man (6)(arrest) _______________ in connection with the robbery and (7) (still/question) _______________ by the police.

c. ROAD DELAYSRepair work started yesterday on the Paxham-Longworth road. The road (1) (resurface) _______________ andthere will be long delays. Drivers (2) (ask) _______________ to use an alternative route if possible. The work (3)(expect) _______________ to last two weeks. Next Sunday the road (4) (close) _______________ and traffic (5)(divert) _______________.

d. AccidentA woman (1) (take) _______________ to hospital after her car collided with a lorry near Norstock yesterday. She(2) (allow) _______________ home later after treatment. The road (3) (block) _______________ for an hour afterthe accident and traffic had to (4) (divert) _______________. A police inspector said afterwards: ‘The woman waslucky. She could (5)(kill) _______________.’

UNIT 42. Passive (2) (be/been/being done) (English Grammar in Use-Appendix)

Study the following active and passive forms:A. Infinitiveactive: (to) do/clean/see etc. Somebody will clean the room later.passive: (to) be done/cleaned/seen etc. The room will be clean later.* The situation is serious. Something must be done before it’s too late.* A mystery is something that can’t be explained.* The music was very loud and could be heard from a long way away.* A new supermarket is going to be built next year.* Please go away. I want to be left alone.

B. Perfect infinitiveactive: have done/cleaned/seen etc. Somebody should have cleaned the room.passive: have been done/cleaned/seen etc. The room should have been cleaned.* I haven’t received the letter yet. It might have been sent to the wrong address.* If you hadn’t left the car unlocked, it wouldn’t have been stolen.* There were some problems at first but they seem to have been solved.

C. Present perfectactive: have/has (done) The room looks nice. Somebody has cleaned it.passive: have/has been (done) The room looks nice. It has been clean.* Have you heard the news? The President has been shot!* Have you ever been bitten by a dog?* ‘Are you going to the party?’ ‘No, I haven’t been invited.’Past perfectactive: had(done) The room looked nice. Somebody had clean it.passive: had been (done) The room looked nice. It had been clean.* The vegetables didn’t taste very good. They had been cooked for too long.* The car was three years old but hadn’t been used very much.

D. Present continuousactive: am/is/are (do)ing Somebody is cleaning the room at the moment.passive: am/is/are being (done) The room is being cleaned at the moment.* There’s somebody walking behind us. I think we are being followed.* (in a shop) ‘Can I help you, madam?’ ‘No, thank you. I’m being served.’Past continuousactive: was/were (do)ing Somebody was cleaning the room when I arrived.passive: was/were being (done) The room was being cleaned when I arrived.* There was somebody walking behind us. We were being followed.

EXERCISES42.1 What do these words mean? Use it can ... or it can’t .... Use a dictionary if necessary.If something is1. washable, it can be washed.2. unbreakable, it _______________ 3. edible, it _______________


4. unusable, _______________ 5. invisible, _______________ 6. portable, _______________ 42.2 Complete these sentences with one of the following verbs (in the correct form): carry, cause, do, make, repair, send,spend, wake, upSometimes you need have (‘might have’, ‘could have’ etc.).1. The situation is serious. Something must be done before it’s too late.2. I haven’t received the letter. It might have been sent to the wrong address.3. A decision will not _______________ until the next meeting.4. I told the hotel receptionist that I wanted to _______________ at 6.30 the next morning.5. Do you think that less money should _______________ on armaments?6. This road is in very bad condition. It should _______________ a long time ago.7. The injured man couldn’t walk and had to _______________ 8. It’s not certain how the fire started but it might _______________ by an electrical fault.

42.3 Rewrite these sentences. Instead of using ‘somebody’ or ‘they’, write a passive sentence.1. Somebody has cleaned the room. The room has been cleaned.2. They have postponed the concert. The _______________ 3. Somebody is using the computer at the moment. The computer _______________ 4. I didn’t realise that somebody was recording our conversation. I didn’t realise that _______________ 5. When we got to the stadium we found that they had cancelled the game. When we got to the stadium, we found that_______________ 6. They are building a new ring road round the city. _______________ 7. They have built a new hospital near the airport. _______________

42.4 Make sentences from the words in brackets. Sometimes the verb is active, sometimes passive.(This exercise also includes the past simple)1. There’s somebody behind us. (I think/we/follow) I think we’re being followed.2. This room looks different. (you/paint?) Have you painted it?3. My car has disappeared. (it/steal!) It _______________ 4. My umbrella has disappeared. (somebody/take) Somebody _______________ 5. Tom gets a higher salary now. (he/promote) _______________ 6. Ann can’t use her office at the moment. (it/redecorate) _______________ 7. The photocopier broke down yesterday, but now it’s OK. (it/work/again; it/repair)8. The police have found the people they were looking for. (two people/arrest/last night)9. A tree was lying across the road. (it/blow down/in the storm)10. The man next door disappeared six months ago. (nobody/see/since then)11. I was mugged on my way home a few nights ago. (you/ever/mug?)

Passive (3)A. I was born ...We say: I was born ... (not ‘I am born’):past simple* I was born in Chicago.* Where were you born? (not ‘where are you born’)but present simple * How many babies are born everyday?

B. Some verbs can have two objects. For example, give:* We gave the police (object 1) the information. (object 2) (= We gave the information to the police.)So it is possible to make two passive sentences:* The police were given the information. or The information was given to the police.Other verbs which can have two objects are: ask offer pay show teach tellWhen we use these verbs in the passive, most often we begin with the person:* I was offered the job but I refused it. (= they offered me the job)* You will be given plenty of time to decide. (= we will give you plenty of time)* Have you been shown the new machine? (= has anybody shown you ...?)* The men were paid L200 to do the work. (= somebody paid the men L200)

C. I don’t like being ...The passive of doing/seeing etc. is being done/being seen etc. Compare:active: I don’t like people telling me what to do.passive: I don5t like being told what to do.* I remember being given a toy drum on my fifth birthday. (= I remember somebody giving me a toy drum ...)


* Mr. Miller hates being kept waiting. (= he hates people keeping him waiting)* We managed to climb over the wall without being seen. (= ... without anybody seeing us)

D. GetSometimes you can use get instead of be in the passive:* There was a fight at the party but nobody got hurt. (= nobody was hurt)* I don’t often get invited to parties. (= I’m not often invited)* I’m surprised Ann didn’t get offered the lob. ( ... Ann wasn’t offered the job)You can use get to say that something happens to somebody or something, especially if this is unplanned or unexpected:* Our dog got run over by a car.You can use get only when things happen or change. For example, you cannot use get in these sentences:* Jill is liked by everybody. (not ‘gets liked’ - this is not a ‘happening’)* He was a mystery man. Nothing was known about him. (not ‘got known’)We use get mainly in informal spoken English. You can use be in all situations.We also use get in the following expressions (which are not passive in meaning):get married get divorced get dressed (= put on your clothes) get changed (= change your clothes)

EXERCISES43.1 When were they born? Choose five of these people and write a sentence for each. (Two of them were born in thesame year.)Beethoven Galileo Elvis Presley 1452 1869 1929Agatha Christie Mahatma Gandhi Leonardo da Vinci 1564 1891 1935Walt Disney Martin Luther King William Shakespeare 1770 19011. Walt Disney was born in 1901.2. _______________3. _______________ 4. _______________ 5. _______________ 6. _______________ 7. And you? I _______________

43.2 Write these sentences in another way, beginning in the way shown.1. They didn’t give me the money. I wasn’t given the money.2. They asked me some difficult questions at the interview. I _______________ 3. Janet’s colleagues gave her a present when she retired. Janet _______________ 4. Nobody told me that George was ill. I wasn’t _______________ 5. How much will they pay you? How much will you _______________ 6. I think they should have offered Tom the job. I think Tom _______________ 7. Has anybody shown you what to do? Have you _______________

43.4 Complete the sentences using get/got + one of these verbs (in the correct form): ask, break, damage, hurt, pay,steal, sting, stop, use1. There was a fight at the party but nobody got hurt.2. Ted _______________ by a bee while he was sitting in the garden.3. How did that window _______________ ?4. These tennis courts don’t _______________ very often, Not many people want to play.5. I used to have a bicycle but it _______________.6. Last night I _______________ by the police as I was driving home.7. How much did you _______________ last month?8. Please pack these things very carefully. I don’t want them to _______________.9. People often want to know what my Job is. I often _______________ that question.

PRESENT PASSIVE AND PROGRESSIVE PASSIVE (fill in the gaps)1. My father reads the paper every day. The paper is _________ by my father every day.2. My father is reading the paper now. The paper is _________ by my father now.3. My mother is washing the dishes now. The dishes are _________ by my mother.4. My mother washes the dishes every day. The dishes are _________ by my mother everyday.5. Politicians make many promises. Many promises are _________ by politicians.6. These politicians are making many promises. Many promises are _________ by these politicians.7. They are pulling down the building. The old building is _________ down.8. They pull down all the old buildings in town. All the old buildings in town are ______ down.9. The police take all the old cars off the roads. All the old cars are _________ off the roads by the police.


10. They are painting the outside of the house. The outside of the house is _________ at the moment.11. They always paint the outside first. The outside is always _________ first.12. My mother sweeps the rooms every day. The rooms are _________ by my mother every day.13. My mother is sweeping the rooms at the moment. The rooms are _________ at the moment by my mother.14. This cat eats a lot of fish. A lot of fish is _________ by this cat.15. The cat is eating the fish at the moment. The fish is _________ by the cat at the moment.16. Mr. Brown cuts the lawn every Sunday. The lawn is _________ by Mr. Brown every Sunday.17. Mr. Brown is cutting the lawn at this moment. The lawn is _________ by Mr. Brown at this moment.18. This man translates many books. Many books are _________ by this man.19. This man is translating that book. That book is _________ by this man.20. This policeman arrests many criminals. Many criminals are _________ by this policeman.21. The police are arresting those criminals at this moment. Those criminals are _________ by the police at this moment.22. Children break many toys. Many toys are _________ by children.23. Those children are breaking those toys. Those toys are _________ by those children.24. The maid cleans the windows every day. The windows are ________ by the maid every day.25. The maid is cleaning the windows now. The windows are _________ by the maid now.26. Those men are repairing the road. The road is _________ by those men.27. Those men repair the road very often. The road is _________ by those men very often.28. That thief often steals cars during the night. Cars are often _________ by that thief during the night.29. Look! A thief is stealing that car. That car is _________ by that thief.30. They are accusing the man of robbery. The man is _________ of robbery.31. They are making handtools for exporting. Handtools are _________ for exporting.32. They make handtools for exporting. Handtools are _________ for exporting.33. They kill many people in a war. Many people are _________ in a war.34. They are changing the wheel at the moment. The wheel is _________ at the moment.35. The men are calling off the strike. The strike is _________ off by the men.36. My mother paints the kitchen every year. The kitchen is ________ by my mother every year.37. They are painting the kitchen now. The kitchen is _________ now.38. This man is writing a book now. A book is _________ by this man now.39. This man writes a book every year. A book is _________ by this man every year.40. This centre forward scores a lot of goals. A lot of goals are ________ by this centre forward.

PRESENT PASSIVE AND PROGRESSIVE PASSIVE (fill in the gaps)1. That man in the black coat stole my car. My car was ________ by that man in the black coat.2. The men were painting the room. The room was _________ by those men.3. My grandfather wrote a book every year. A book was _______ by my grandfather every year.4. My grandfather was writing a book when I entered. A book was _________ by my grandfather when I entered.5. My mother washed the dishes herself years ago. The dishes were _________ by my mother years ago.6. My mother was washing the dishes when I arrived. The dishes were _________ by my mother when I arrived.7. Politicians made many promises in the old days. Many promises were _________ by politicians in the old days.8. Politicians were making many promises those days. Many promises were _________ by politicians those days.9. They were pulling down the old building. The old building was _________ down.10. They pulled down all the old buildings. All the old buildings were _________ down.11. They were painting the outside of the house. The outside of the house was _________ at that moment.12. They painted the outside of the house first. The outside of the house was _________ first.13. The maid was cleaning the rooms at that moment. The rooms were _________ by the maid at that moment.14. The maid cleaned the rooms every day. The rooms were _________ by the maid every day.15. This cat ate a lot of fish when it was little. A lot of fish was _________ by this cat when it was little.16. The cat was eating the fish when I saw it. The fish was _________ by the cat when I saw it.17. Mr. Green was cutting the grass when we arrived. The grass was _________ by Mr. Green when we arrived.18. Mr. Green cut the grass last Sunday morning. The grass was _________ by Mr. Green last Sunday morning.19. Mr. Gibson translated this book. This book was _________ by Mr. Gibson.20. Mr. Gibson was translating the book when I entered the room. The book was _________ by Mr. Gibson when I entered

the room.21. Scotland Yard arrested many criminals last year. Many criminals were _________ by Scotland Yard last year.22. The police were arresting a criminal when we got there. A criminal was _________ by the police when we got there.23. Little Mary was breaking her doll. The doll was _________ by little Mary.24. Little Mary broke her doll. The doll was _________ by little Mary.25. My mother was cleaning the windows. The windows were _________ by my mother.26. My mother cleaned the windows last week. The windows were _________ by my mother last week.27. Some men were repairing the road. The road was _________ by some men.28. Some men repaired the road yesterday. The road was _________ yesterday by some men.29. A thief stole my car during the night. My car was _________ during the night.


30. A thief was stealing my car when I arrived. My car was _________ by a thief when I arrived.31. They were making TV aerials for exporting. TV aerials were _________ for exporting.32. They made TV aerials for exporting. TV aerials were _________ for exporting.33. They accused the man of robbery. That man was _________ of robbery.34. They were accusing that man of robbery. That man was _________ of robbery.35. They killed many people in the war. Many people were _________ in the war.36. They were changing the wheel at that moment. The wheel was _________ at that moment.37. They changed the wheels after 10 laps. The wheels were _________ after ten laps.38. My grandmother painted the kitchen every year. The kitchen was _________ by my grandmother every year.39. My mother was painting the kitchen when I arrived. The kitchen was _________ by my mother when I arrived.40. The centre forward scored a beautiful goal. A beautiful goal _________ by the centre forward.

REPASO RELATIVOS

RELATIVE PRONOUNS (Graded Exercises in English p.35)Who/Whom, Which, and That

Who refers to people. Which refers to specific animals or things. That refers to animals, things, or people as a class. Theobject (direct or indirect) form of who is whom. Which and that both have the same form whether subject or object.

The man who called you is here.The girl whom you saw is my sister.To whom did you give the key?Is this the book which you ordered?The magazine which is on the table is old.The Native Americans that lived here were called Sioux.These are the colors that we like.

Complete the following sentences with who, whom, which, or that.

1. Was it Jennifer __________ said that? (Was it Jennifer who said that?)2. This is the report __________ the president wanted.3. The girls __________ are in my class are all good students.4. Our teacher, __________ is an American, speaks English perfectly.5. The car __________ Hernando used belongs to his uncle.6. The teacher with __________ I studied English last year died last week.7. To __________ did you sell your furniture?8. Is this the program __________ you always watch on TV?9. The movies __________ we saw this summer were all good.10. These are the kinds of exercises __________ help us learn English.11. The lamp __________ you broke is my brother's.12. She is one of the workers __________ went on strike.13. She was the pilot __________ flew our 747.14. It is the little things in life __________ count.

91. Relative clauses (1) clauses with who/that/whichA. Look at this example sentence:The woman who lives next door is a doctor.A clause is a part of a sentence. A relative clause tells us which person or thing (or what kindof person or thing) the speaker means:* The woman who lives next door ... (‘who lives next door’ tells us which woman)* People who live in London ... (‘who live in London’ tells us what kind of people)We use who in a relative clause when we are talking about people (not things). We use whoinstead of he/she/they:the woman--she lives next door--is a doctor -> The woman who lives next door is a doctor.we know a lot of people--they live in London -> We know a lot of people who live in London.* An architect is someone who designs buildings.* What was the name of the man who lent you the money?* Anyone who wants to do the exam must enter before next Friday.You can also use that (instead of who):* The man that lives next door is very friendly.


But sometimes you must use who (not ‘that’) for people - see Unit 94.

B. When we are talking about things, we use that or which(not ‘who’) in a relative clause:where is the cheese? - it was in the fridge -> Where is the cheese that was in the fridge? -> Where is the cheese which wasin the fridge?* I don’t like stories that have unhappy endings. (or ... stories which have ...)* Barbara works for a company that makes washing machines. (or ... a company which makes ...)* The machine that broke down has now been repaired. (or The machine which broke down ...)That is more usual than which. But sometimes you must use which (not ‘that’)

C. You cannot use what in sentences like these:*. Everything that happened was my fault. (not ‘Everything what happened ...’)What = ‘the thing(s) that’;* What happened was my fault. (=the thing that happened)

D. Remember that in relative clauses we use who/that/which instead of he/she/they/it. So we say:* Do you know the woman who lives next door? (not ‘ ...the woman she lives next door’)

EXERCISES91.1 In this exercise you have to explain what some words mean. Choose the right meaning from the box and thenwrite a sentence with who. Use a dictionary if necessary.he/she steals from a shophe/she designs buildingshe/she doesn’t believe in Godhe/she is not bravehe/she buys something from a shophe/she pays rent to live in a house or flathe/she breaks into a house to steal thingshe/she no longer works and gets money from the state1. (an architect) Architect is someone who designs buildings.2. (a burglar) A burglar is someone _______________.3. (a customer) _______________.4. (a shoplifter) _______________.5. (a coward) _______________.6. (an atheist) _______________.7. (a pensioner) _______________.8. (a tenant) _______________.

91.2 Make one sentence from two. Use who/that/which.1. A girl was injured in the accident. She is now in hospital.The girl who was injured in the accident is now in. hospital.2. A man answered the phone. He told me you were away.The man _______________.3. A waitress served us. She was very impolite and impatient.The _______________.4. A building was destroyed in the fire. It has now been rebuilt.---.5. Some people were arrested. They have now been released.The _______________.6. A bus goes to the airport. It runs every half hour.---.

91.3 Complete the sentences. Choose the most suitable ending from the box and make it into a relative clause.he invented the telephoneshe runs away from homehey are never on timethey were on the wallit makes washing machinesit gives you the meaning of wordsit won the racethey stole my carit can support lifeit cannot be explained


1. Barbara works for a company that makes washing machines.2. The book is about a girl _______________.3. What was the name of the horse _______________.4. The police have caught the men _______________.5. Alexander Bell was the man _______________.6. What’s happened to the pictures _______________.7. A mystery is something _______________.8. A dictionary is a book _______________.9. I don’t like people _______________.10. It seems that Earth is the only planet _______________.

Relative clauses (2)--clauses with or without who/that/whichA. Look again at these example sentences from Unit 91:* The woman [who] lives next door is a doctor. (or The woman that lives ...)[The woman] lives next door. who(= the woman) is the subject* Where is the cheese [that] was in the fridge? (or ... the cheese which was ...)[The cheese] was in the fridge. that(= the cheese) is the subjectYou must use who/that/which when it is the subject of the relative clause. You cannot say ‘Thewoman lives next door is a doctor’ or ‘Where is the cheese was in the fridge?’B. Sometimes who/that/which is the object of the verb. For example:*. The woman [who] I wanted to see was away on holiday.I wanted to see [the woman]. who(= the woman) is the object. I is the subject* Have you found the keys [that] you lost?You lost [the keys]. that(= the keys) is the object. you is the subjectWhen who/that/which is the object, you can leave it out. So you can say:* The woman I wanted to see was away. or The woman who I wanted to see ...* Have you found the keys you lost? or ... the keys that you lost?* The dress Ann bought doesn’t fit her very well. or The dress that Ann bought ...* Is there anything I can do? or ... anything that I can do?Note that we say:the keys you lost (not ‘the keys you lost them’)the dress Ann bought (not ‘bought it’)

C. Notice the position of prepositions(in/at/with etc.) in relative clauses:do you know the woman?--Tom is talking [to] her -> Do you know the woman (who/that) Tom is talking [to]?the bed--I slept [in] it last night - wasn’t very comfortable -> The bed (that/which) I slept in last night wasn’t verycomfortable.* Are these the keys (that/which) you were looking for?* The woman (who/that) he fell in love with left him after a few weeks.* The man (who/that) I was sitting next to on the plane talked all the time.In all these examples, you can leave out who/that/which.Note that we say:the books you were looking for (not ‘the books you were looking for them’)

D. You cannot use what in sentences like these:* Everything (that) they said was true. (not ‘Everything what they said ...’)* I gave her all the money (that) I had. (not ‘ ... all the money what I had’)What = the thing(s) that:* Did you hear what they said? (= the things that they said)

EXERCISES92.1 In some of these sentences you don’t need who or that. If you don’t need these words, put them in brackets likethis: (who) (that).1. The woman who lives next door is a doctor. (‘who’ is necessary in this sentence)2. Have you found the keys (that) you lost. (in this sentence you don’t need ‘that’)3. The people who we met at the party were very friendly.4. The people who work in the office are very friendly.5. The people who I talked to were very friendly.6. What have you done with the money that I gave you?7. What happened to the money that was on the table? Did you take it?8. It was an awful film. It was the worst film that I’ve ever seen.9. It was an awful experience. It was the worst thing that has ever happened to me.


92.2 Complete these sentences with a relative clause. Use the sentences in the box to make your relative clauses.we hired a caryou’re going to see a filmI invited some people to the par¼îAnn is wearing a dressyou had to do some workTom recommended a hotel to usyou lost Same keyswe wanted to visit a museum1. Have you found the keys you lost?2. 1 like the dress _______________ was shut when we got there.3. The museum _______________ ?4. What’s the name of the film _______________ couldn’t come.5. Some of the people _______________ ?6. Have you finished the work _______________ ?7. The car _______________ broke down after a few miles.8. We stayed at a hotel _______________.

92.3 Complete these sentences using a relative clause with a preposition.we went to a party last nightyou can rely on Georgewe were invited to a weddingI work with a number of peopleI applied for a jobyou told me about a hotelyou were looking for some keysI saw you with a man1. Are these the keys you were looking for?2. Unfortunately we couldn’t go to the wedding _______________.3. I enjoy my job. I like the people _______________.4. What’s the name of that hotel _______________ ?5. The party _______________ wasn’t very enjoyable.6. I didn’t get the job _______________.7. George is a good person to know. He’s somebody _______________.8. Who was that man _______________ in the restaurant?

92.4 Put in that or what. If the sentence is complete with or without that, write (that)--in brackets.1. I gave her all the money that I had.2. They give their children everything _______________ they want.3. Tell me _______________ you want and I’ll try to get it for you.4. Why do you blame me for everything _______________ goes wrong?5. I won’t be able to do much but I’ll do the best _______________ I can.6. I can only lend you ten pounds. It’s all _______________ I’ve got.7. I don’t agree with _______________ you’ve just said.8. I don’t trust him. I don’t believe anything _______________ he says.

Relative clauses (3)--whose/whom/whereA. WhoseWe use whose in relative clauses instead of his/her/their:we saw some people - [their] car had broken down -> We saw some people [whose] car had broken down.We use whose mostly for people:* A widow is a woman whose husband is dead. (her husband is dead)* What’s the name of the man whose car you borrowed? (you borrowed his car)* A few days ago I met someone whose brother I went to school with. J went to school with his/her brother)Compare who and whose:* I met a man who knows you. (be knows you)* I met a man whose sister knows you. (his sister knows you)

B. WhomWhom is possible instead of who when it is the object of the verb in the relative clause* The woman whom I wanted to see was away on holiday. (I wanted to see her)You can also use whom with a preposition (to whom/from whom/with whom etc.):* The woman with whom he fell in love left him after a few weeks. (he fell in love with her)


But we do not often use whom. In spoken English we usually prefer who or that, or nothing. So we usually say:* The man I saw. or The man who/that I saw.* The woman he fell in love with. or The woman who/that he fell in love with.

C. WhereYou can use where in a relative clause to talk about a place:the hotel--we stayed [there]--wasn’t very clean -> The hotel [there] we stayed wasn’t very clean.* I recently went back to the town where I was born. (or ... the town I was born in. or ... the town that I was born in.)* I would like to live in a country where there is plenty of sunshine.

D. We say:the day/the year/the time(etc.) something happens or the day/the year/the time(etc.) that something happens* Do you still remember the day (that) we first met?* The last time (that) I saw her, she looked very well.* I haven’t seen them since the year (that) they got married.

E. We say:the reason something happens or the reason that/why something happens* The reason I’m phoning you is to invite you to a party. (or The reason that I’m phoning .../The reason why I’m phoning...)

EXERCISES93.1 You met these people at a party:My mother writes detective stories.My wife is an English teacher.I won a restaurant.My ambition is to limb Everest.We’ve just I got married.My parents used to work in a circus.Later you tell a friend about the people you met. Complete the sentences using who ... or whose ...1. I met somebody whose mother writes detective stories.2. I met a man _______________.3. I met a woman _______________.4. I met somebody _______________.5. I met a couple _______________.6. I met somebody _______________.

93.2 Complete the sentences. Use the sentences in the box to make relative clauses with where.I can buy some postcards thereAnn bought a dress thereJohn is staying thereI was born therewe can have a really good meal therewe had the car repaired there1. I recently went back to the town where I was born.2. Do you know a restaurant _______________ ?3. Is there a shop near here _______________ ?4. I can’t remember the name of the garage _______________.5. Do you know the name of the hotel _______________ ?6. Ann bought a dress which didn’t fit her, so she took it back to the shop _______________.

93.3 Complete each sentence using who/whom/whose/where.1. What’s the name of the man whose car you borrowed?2. A cemetery is a place _______________ people are buried.3. A pacifist is a person _______________ believes that all wars are wrong.4. An orphan is a child _______________ parents are dead.5. The place _______________ we spent our holidays was really beautiful.6. This school is only for children _______________ first language is not English.7. 1 don’t know the name of the woman to _______________ I spoke on the phone.

93.4 Use your own ideas to complete these sentences. They are like the ones in Sections D and E.1. I’ll always remember the day I first met you.2. I’ll never forget the time _______________.


3. The reason _______________ was that I didn’t know your address.4. Unfortunately I wasn’t at home the evening _______________.5. The reason _______________ is that they don’t need one.6. 1989 was the year _______________.

Relative clauses(4)--‘extra information’ clauses (1)A. There are two types of relative clause. In these examples, the relative clauses are underlined.Compare:#1 Type 1* The woman who lives next door is a doctor.* Barbara works for a company that makes washing machines.* We stayed at the hotel (that) Ann recommended to us.In these examples, the relative clause tells you which person or thing (or what kind of person or thing) the speaker means:‘The woman who lives next door’ tells us which woman.‘A company that makes washing machines’ tells us what kind of company.‘The hotel (that) Ann recommended tells us which hotel.We do not use commas (,) with these clauses:* We know a lot of people who live in London. (what kind of people)#2 Type 2* My brother Jim, who lives in London, is a doctor.* Colin told me about his new job, which he’s enjoying very much.* We stayed at the Grand Hotel, which Ann recommended to us.In these examples, the relative clauses do not tell you which person or thing the speaker means. We already know whichthing or person is meant: ‘My brother Jim’, ‘Colin’s new job’ and ‘the Grand Hotel’.The relative clauses in these sentences give us extra information about the person or thing.We use commas (,) in these clauses:* My brother Jim, who lives in London, is a doctor. (extra information about Jim)

B. In both types of relative clause we use who for people and which for things. But:#1 Type 1You can use that:* Do you know anyone who/that speaks French and Italian?* Barbara works for a company which/that makes washing machines.You can leave out that/who/which when it is the object:* We stayed at the hotel (that/which) Ann recommended.* This morning I met somebody (that/who) I hadn’t seen for ages.We do not often use whom in this type of clause:#2 Type 2You cannot use that:* John, who (not ‘that’) speaks French and Italian, works as a tourist guide.* Colin told me about his new job, which (not ‘that’) he’s enjoying very much.You cannot leave out who or which:* We stayed at the Grand Hotel, which Ann recommended to us.You can use whom (when it is the object):* This morning I met Diane, whom (or who) I hadn’t seen for ages.In both types of relative clause you can use whose and where:* We met some people whose car had broken down.* What’s the name of the place where you spent your holiday?* Amy, whose car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.* Mrs Bond is going to spend a few weeks in Sweden, where her daughter lives.

EXERCISES94.1 Make one sentence from two. Use the sentence in brackets to make a relative clause (Type 2).Sometimes the clause goes in the middle of the sentence, sometimes at the end. You will need to usewho(m)/whose/which/where.1. Ann is very friendly. (She lives next door.) Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly.2. We stayed at the Grand Hotel. (Ann recommended it to us.) We stayed at the Grand Hotel, which Ann recommended tous.3. We went to Sandra’s party. (We enjoyed it very much.) We went to Sandra’s party _______________.4. I went to see the doctor. (He told me to rest for a few days.) _______________.5. John is one of my closest friends. (I have known him for a very long time.) John _______________.6. Sheila is away from home a lot. (Her job involves a lot of travelling.) _______________.7. The new stadium will be opened next month. (It can hold 90,000 people.) The _______________.


8. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol. (It is only 30 miles away.) _______________.9. Glasgow is the largest city in Scotland. (My brother lives there.) _______________.

94.2 Read the information and complete the sentences. Use a relative clause. Sometimes the clause tells us which thingor person (Type 1); sometimes it only gives us extra information (Type 2). Use commas where necessary.1. There’s a woman living next door. She’s a doctor.The woman who lives next door is a doctor.2. I’ve got a brother called Jim. He lives in London. He’s a doctor.My brother Jim, who lives in London, is a doctor.3. There was a strike at the car factory. It lasted ten days. It is now over.The strike at the car factory _______________.4. I was looking for a book this morning. I’ve found it now.I’ve found _______________.5. London was once the largest city in the world, but the population is now falling.The population of London _______________.6. A job was advertised. A lot of people applied for it. Few of them had the necessary qualifications.Few of _______________.7. Margaret has a son. She showed me a photograph of him. He’s a policeman.Margaret showed me _______________.

94.3 In some of these sentences you can use which or that; in others, only which is possible. Cross out that if onlywhich is possible. Also, put commas(,) where necessary.1. Jane works for a company which/that makes shoes. (both possible, no commas)2. Colin told me about his new job, which/that he’s enjoying very much. (only which is possible; comma necessary)3. My office which/that is on the second floor of the building is very small.4. The office which/that I’m using at the moment is very small.5. She told me her address which/that I wrote down on a piece of paper.6. There are some words which/that are very difficult to translate.7. The sun which/that is one of millions of stars in the universe provides us with heat and light.

Relative clauses (5)--‘extra information’ clauses (2)A. Prepositions + whom/whichIn ‘extra information’ clauses (see Unit 94-Type 2) you can use a preposition before whom (for people) and which (forthings). So you can say:to whom/with whom/about which/for which etc.:* Mr Carter, to whom I spoke on the phone last night, is very interested in our plan.* Fortunately we had a map, without which we would have got lost.In spoken English we often keep the preposition after the verb in the relative clause. When we do this, we normally use who(not ‘whom’) for people:* This is Mr Carter, who I was telling you about.* Yesterday we visited the City Museum, which I’d never been to before.

B. All of/most of etc. + whom/whichStudy these examples:Mary has three brothers. All of them are married. (2 sentences) -> Mary has three brothers, all of whom are married. (1sentence)They asked me a lot of questions. I couldn’t answer most of them. (2 sentences) -> They asked me a lot of questions, mostof which I couldn’t answer. (1 sentence)In the same way you can say:none of/neither of/any of/either of + whom (people)none of/neither of/any of/either of which (things)some of/many of/much of/(a) few of + which (things)some of/many of/much of/(a) few of whom (peopleboth of/half of/each of/one of/two of (etc.) + whom (people)both of/half of/each of/one of/two of (etc.) + which (things)* Tom tried on three jackets, none of which fitted him.* Two men, neither of whom I had ever seen before, came into my office.* They’ve got three cars, two of which they never use.* Sue has a lot of friends, many of whom she was at school with.C. Which (not ‘what’)Study this example:[Jim passed his driving test.] [This] surprised everybody. (2 sentences)[Jim passed his driving test,] [which] surprised everybody. (relative clause)(1 sentence)


In this example, which = ‘the fact that he passed his driving test’. You must use which (not ‘what’) in sentences like these:* Sheila couldn’t come to the party, which was a pity. (not ‘ ...what was a pity’)* The weather was very good, which we hadn’t expected. (not ‘ ...what we hadn’t expected’)

EXERCISES95.1 Make two sentences from one using a relative clause. Use the sentence in brackets to make the relative clause.1. Mr Carter is very interested in our plan. (I spoke to him on the phone last night.)Mr Carter, to whom I spoke on the phone last night, is very interested in our plan.2. This is a photograph of our friends. (We went on holiday with these friends.)This is a photograph _______________.3. The wedding took place last Friday. (Only members of the family were invited to it.)The wedding _______________.4. Sheila finally arrived. (We had been waiting for her.)5. We climbed to the top of the tower. (We had a beautiful view from there.)95.2 Write sentences with all of/most of etc. + whom/which.1. Mary has three brothers. (All of her brothers are married.)Mary has three brothers, all of whom are married.2. We were given a lot of information. (Most of the information was useless.)We were given _______________.3. There were a lot of people at the party. (I had met only a few of these people before.)4. I have sent her two letters. (She has received neither of these letters.)5. Ten people applied for the job. (None of these people were suitable.)6. Kate has got two cars. (She hardly ever uses one of them.)7. Norman won 50,000 pounds. (He gave half of this to his parents.)8. Julia has two sisters. (Both of her sisters are teachers.)

95.3 join a sentence from Box A with a sentence from Box B to make a new sentence. Use which.A:1. Sheila couldn’t come to party.2. Jill isn’t on the phone.3. Nell has passed his examinations.4. Our flight was delayed.5. Ann offered to let me stay in her house.6. The street I live in is very noisy at night.7. Our car has broken down.B:1. This was very nice of her.2. This means we can’t go away tomorrow.3. This makes it difficult to contact her.4. This makes it difficult to steep.5. This was a pity.6. This is good news.7. This meant we had to wait four hours at the airport.1. Sheila couldn’t come to the party, which was a pity.2. Jill isn’t _______________.3. _______________.4. _______________.5. _______________.6. _______________.7. _______________.

RELATIVE PRONOUNS (fill in the gaps)1. The funny man _____ came last night is my uncle Charles.2. These are the boys _____ were with me in my regiment, in the army.3. The people _____ live in this area are very healthy.4. That is the man _____ you spoke to on the phone last night.5. It was terrible. Nobody _____ saw the accident will ever forget it.6. These are the houses _____ were burnt in the fire last year.7. “This is the man _____ I belong to.” said the runaway slave.8. Those are the children _____ father is such a famous writer.9. That is not the man _____ I spoke to yesterday afternoon.10. The dictionary _____ I saw in the library is one of the best on the market.


11. That is the man _____ the house belongs to. He is the owner of the house.12. There is a young woman here _____ speaks several languages.13. The people _____ houses were flooded are in the church at the moment.14. Anyone _____ saw what happened, please inform the local police.15. I think that was the woman _____ I spoke to on the phone last night.16. That is the man _____ wife has committed suicide this morning.17. All the men _____ robbed the bank have been arrested by the police.18. That is the man _____ I gave the parcel to. He is the one _____ signed the receipt.19. That is the little girl _____ parents are so rich and live in that mansion.20. The boys _____ we travelled with, were American, I think.21. The man _____ I bought the car from, is very strange.22. The workers _____ he employs are very efficient and hard-working.23. The house _____ I have lived for so many years, is going to be demolished.24. I know a lot of people _____ lived in that area during the war.25. This is the girl _____ I want to get married to.26. Those _____ live in London are called Londoners. The ones _____ live in Dublin, Dubliners.27. That is the boy _____ always wins all the races _____ he takes part.28. That’s Robert _____ wife works in my brother-in-law’s office.29. What's the name of the girl _____ has just come into the building?30. I don’t like people _____ get angry easily. They are very untrustworthy.31. That’s the girl _____ cuts my hair at the hairdresser’s, her name is Jane.32. Those are the cars _____ are going to take part in the race.33. That’s the old man _____ goes jogging every day in the hills.34. This is Mr. Jones _____ you met at the convention last summer.35. The man _____ runs an advertising agency wants to talk to you.36. The man _____ you had an argument with, is at the door waiting for you.37. That is the boy _____ your daughter is love with, isn’t he?38. This is the person _____ you were talking about.39. That is the strange-looking man _____ used to come to the department store every Saturday.40. That is the sort of book _____ I should like to read when I am on the beach.


Documents

BATERÍA REPASO 4º ESO VERANO 07 Object pronouns Aplatea.pntic.mec.es/ffrancia/4-REPASO verano 2007.pdf · BATERÍA REPASO 4º ESO VERANO 07 Object pronouns (15) ... Ejercicios de